mirror of
https://git.door43.org/richmahn/en_tn
synced 2025-03-06 16:58:51 +00:00
826 KiB
826 KiB
| 1 | Reference | ID | Tags | SupportReference | Quote | Occurrence | Note |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2 | front:intro | sa9c | 0 | # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of the book of Matthew\n\n1. The birth of Jesus Christ and the beginning of his ministry (1:1-4:25)\n1. Jesus’ Sermon on the Mount (5:1-7:28)\n1. Jesus illustrates the kingdom of God through acts of healing (8:1-9:34)\n1. Jesus teaches about mission and the kingdom (9:35-10:42)\n1. Jesus teaches about the gospel of the kingdom of God. Opposition to Jesus begins. (11:1-12:50)\n1. Jesus tells parables about the kingdom of God (13:1-52)\n1. Further opposition to Jesus and misunderstanding of the kingdom of God (13:53-17:57)\n1. Jesus teaches about life in the kingdom of God (18:1-35)\n1. Jesus ministers in Judea (19:1-22:46)\n1. Jesus teaches about the final judgment and salvation (23:1-25:46)\n1. The crucifixion of Jesus, his death and resurrection (26:1-28:19)\n\n### What is the book of Matthew about?\n\nThe Gospel of Matthew is one of four books in the New Testament that describe some of the life of Jesus Christ. The authors of the Gospels wrote about different aspects of who Jesus was and what he did. Matthew showed that Jesus was the Messiah, and God would save Israel through him. Matthew often explained that Jesus fulfilled the Old Testament prophecies about the Messiah. This may indicate that he expected most of his first readers to be Jewish. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nTranslators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “The Gospel of Matthew,” or “The Gospel according to Matthew.” Or they may choose a title that may be clearer, such as, “The Good News about Jesus that Matthew wrote.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n### Who wrote the book of Matthew?\n\nThe book does not give the name of the author. However, since early Christian times, most Christians have thought that the author was the Apostle Matthew.\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### What is the “kingdom of heaven?”\n\nMatthew spoke of the “kingdom of heaven” in the same way that other Gospel writers spoke of the kingdom of God. The kingdom of heaven represents God ruling over all people and all creation everywhere. Those whom God accepts into his kingdom will be blessed. They will live with God forever.\n\n### What were the teaching methods of Jesus?\n\nThe people regarded Jesus as a rabbi. A rabbi is a teacher of God’s law. Jesus taught in ways similar those of other religious teachers in Israel. He had students who followed him wherever he went. These students were called disciples. He often told parables. Parables are stories that teach moral lessons. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/disciple]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/parable]])\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### What are the Synoptic Gospels?\n\nThe Gospels of Matthew, Mark, and Luke are called the Synoptic Gospels because they have many similar passages. The word “synoptic” means to “see together.”\n\nThe texts are considered “parallel” when they are the same or almost the same among two or three gospels. When translating parallel passages, translators should use the same wording and make them as similar as possible.\n\n### Why does Jesus refer to himself as the “Son of Man”?\n\nIn the gospels, Jesus calls himself the “Son of Man.” It is a reference to Daniel 7:13-14. In that passage there is a person described as a “son of man.” That means the person was someone who looked like a human being. God gave authority to the son of man to rule over the nations forever. All the people will worship him forever.\n\nJews of Jesus’ time did not use “Son of Man” as a title for anyone. Therefore, Jesus used it for himself to help them understand who he truly was. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]])\n\nTranslating the title “Son of Man” can be difficult in many languages. Readers may misunderstand a literal translation. Translators can consider alternatives, such as “The Human One.” It may also be helpful to include a footnote to explain the title.\n\n### What are the major issues in the text of the book of Matthew?\n\nThe following verses are found in older versions of the Bible but are not included in most modern versions:\n* “Bless those who curse you; do good to those who hate you” (5:44)\n* “For yours is the kingdom and the power and the glory forever. Amen” (6:13)\n* “But this kind of demon does not go out except with prayer and fasting” (17:21)\n* “For the Son of Man came to save that which was lost” (18:11)\n* “Many are called, but few are chosen” (20:16)\n* “Woe to you, scribes and Pharisees, hypocrites! for you devour widows’ houses, while you make a show of long prayers. You will therefore receive greater condemnation.” (23:14)\n\nTranslators are advised not to include these passages. However, if in the translators’ region, there are older versions of the Bible that include one or more of these passages, the translators may include them. If they are included, they should be put inside square brackets ([]) to indicate that they were probably not original to Matthew’s Gospel. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) | |||
| 3 | 1:intro | y7kk | 0 | # Matthew 1 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n### Indentation\n\nSome translations set a quotation from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this for the quoted material in 1:23.\n\n### Genealogy\n\nA genealogy is a list that records a person’s ancestors or descendants. Genealogies were important to the Jewish people because family lineage is how they decided how someone functioned in society. For instance, if someone was a descendant of Aaron, they were able to become priests. Similarly, if someone was a descendant of King David, they were able to become a king. This genealogy shows that Jesus was clearly a descendant of King David, and therefore, was able to become king.\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter\n\n### Use of the passive voice\n\nMatthew uses the passive voice very purposefully in this chapter to indicate that Mary did not have a sexual relationship with anyone. She became pregnant with Jesus because the Holy Spirit performed a miracle. Many languages do not have a passive voice, so translators in those languages must find other ways to present the same truths. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |||
| 4 | 1:1 | vpg1 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, υἱοῦ Δαυεὶδ, υἱοῦ Ἀβραάμ | 1 | Here, **son** means “descendant.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “of Jesus Christ, descendant of King David, who was a descendent of Abraham” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 5 | 1:3 | g8y6 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | of Perez … Zerah … of Hezron … of Ram | 0 | Unless stated otherwise, all of the names in this genealogy are men’s names. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) | |
| 6 | 1:5 | q5bd | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | Ῥαχάβ & Ῥούθ | 1 | **Rahab** and **Ruth** are the names of women. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) | |
| 7 | 1:11 | v2im | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | τῆς μετοικεσίας Βαβυλῶνος | 1 | Here, **Babylonian** refers to the country of Babylonia, not just the city of Babylon. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the deportation to Babylonia” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 8 | 1:12 | y7cx | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | μετὰ & τὴν μετοικεσίαν Βαβυλῶνος | 1 | Use the same wording you used in [1:11](../01/11.md) for **Babylonian**. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 9 | 1:16 | b3bm | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | Μαρίας, ἐξ ἧς ἐγεννήθη Ἰησοῦς | 1 | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “Mary, who gave birth to Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 10 | 1:16 | wdbo | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | Μαρίας | 1 | The word **Mary** is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) | |
| 11 | 1:16 | z2rg | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | ὁ λεγόμενος Χριστός | 1 | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “whom people called Christ” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 12 | 1:17 | z5xw | τῆς μετοικεσίας Βαβυλῶνος | 1 | Use the same wording you used in [1:11](../01/11.md). | ||
| 13 | 1:18 | gnl6 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent | τοῦ δὲ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ ἡ γένεσις οὕτως ἦν | 1 | This begins a new part of the story in which the author describes the events leading up to the birth of Jesus. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) | |
| 14 | 1:18 | cqt1 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | μνηστευθείσης τῆς μητρὸς αὐτοῦ Μαρίας τῷ Ἰωσήφ | 1 | Mary was given by her parents to Joseph to marry him. This was common in their culture. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Mary, whose parents promised to Joseph that Mary, Jesus’ mother, would marry him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 15 | 1:18 | xvk1 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism | πρὶν & συνελθεῖν αὐτοὺς | 1 | This may refer to Mary and Joseph having sexual relations together. If it would be helpful in your language, use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “before they had united sexually” or “before they joined in physical union” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) | |
| 16 | 1:18 | in4a | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | εὑρέθη ἐν γαστρὶ ἔχουσα | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “realized that she was going to have a baby” or “became aware that she was pregnant” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 17 | 1:18 | q6y8 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | εὑρέθη ἐν γαστρὶ ἔχουσα | 1 | This is an idiom meaning it was discovered that she was pregnant. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: (1) “was found by Joseph that she was pregnant” or (2), more generally “was discovered to be pregnant” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 18 | 1:18 | a71d | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | ἐκ Πνεύματος Ἁγίου | 1 | The power of the **Holy Spirit** had caused Mary to conceive a baby before she had slept with a man. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “through the Holy Spirit causing her to be pregnant without sleeping with a man” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 19 | 1:19 | pu3p | rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background | Ἰωσὴφ δὲ ὁ ἀνὴρ αὐτῆς, δίκαιος ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων αὐτὴν δειγματίσαι, ἐβουλήθη λάθρᾳ ἀπολῦσαι αὐτήν | 1 | Matthew is providing this background information to help readers understand who Joseph was and what his motives were. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “Joseph her husband, a righteous man who did not want to embarrass her publicly, planned to quietly end their engagement.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]]) | |
| 20 | 1:20 | iip4 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous | ταῦτα δὲ αὐτοῦ ἐνθυμηθέντος, ἰδοὺ, ἄγγελος Κυρίου κατ’ ὄναρ ἐφάνη αὐτῷ | 1 | The angel appeared to Joseph at the same time that he was considering divorcing Mary. You can make this clear in your translation with an appropriate connecting word or phrase. Alternate translation: “During the time when Joseph was considering divorcing Mary, an angel of the Lord appeared to him in a dream” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]]) | |
| 21 | 1:20 | lc8r | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | υἱὸς Δαυείδ | 1 | Here, **son** means “descendant.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “descendant of King David” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 22 | 1:20 | va5e | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | τὸ & ἐν αὐτῇ γεννηθὲν ἐκ Πνεύματός ἐστιν Ἁγίου | 1 | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit caused Mary to become pregnant with this child” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 23 | 1:21 | j38f | rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background | αὐτὸς γὰρ σώσει τὸν λαὸν αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν αὐτῶν | 1 | The phrase **for he will save his people from their sins** is explaining the meaning of the name**Jesus**. In Hebrew, Jesus comes from the word meaning “to save”. Use a natural way in your language for introducing this background information. Alternate translation: “For, just like his name means, he will save his people from their sins” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]]) | |
| 24 | 1:22 | c1vw | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | τὸ ῥηθὲν ὑπὸ Κυρίου διὰ τοῦ προφήτου | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “what the Lord told the prophet to write long ago” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 25 | 1:22 | p39k | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | τοῦ προφήτου | 1 | There were many prophets. Matthew was speaking specifically of Isaiah. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Isaiah the prophet” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 26 | 1:22 | e8ld | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations | λέγοντος | 1 | In Paul’s culture, **saying** is a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book written by Isaiah the prophet. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation, ending the previous sentence with a period and beginning a new sentence: “He wrote” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) | |
| 27 | 1:23 | sln1 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | Ἐμμανουήλ | 1 | The word **Immanuel** is a male name. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) | |
| 28 | 1:23 | wlft | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | ἰδοὺ | 1 | The term **Behold** focuses the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. Though it literally means “look” or “see,” in this case seeing means giving notice and attention. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation, followed by a new sentence: “Pay attention to what I am saying to you!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 29 | 1:23 | lm6t | rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background | ὅ ἐστιν μεθερμηνευόμενον, μεθ’ ἡμῶν ὁ Θεός | 1 | Matthew is providing this background information to help readers understand what the name **Immanuel** means. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation, as a new sentence: “This name means, ‘God with us’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]]) | |
| 30 | 1:24 | iue3 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result | ἐποίησεν ὡς προσέταξεν αὐτῷ ὁ ἄγγελος Κυρίου, καὶ παρέλαβεν τὴν γυναῖκα αὐτοῦ | 1 | # Connecting Statement:\n\nIf it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “took Mary as his wife, just as the angel of the Lord commanded him to do” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) | |
| 31 | 1:25 | i7p5 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism | οὐκ ἐγίνωσκεν αὐτὴν | 1 | Matthew uses a polite expression to say that they had not engaged in sexual activity. Alternate translation: “he did not have sexual relations with her” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) | |
| 32 | 2:intro | dz1c | 0 | # Matthew 2 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in verses 6 and 18, which are words from the Old Testament.\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### “Learned men”\n\nThese were men who studied the stars in the sky to try to learn what the gods were communicating to them. If your readers would not be familiar with this, you can state this explicitly. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) | |||
| 33 | 2:1 | j9yn | rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential | τοῦ δὲ Ἰησοῦ γεννηθέντος ἐν Βηθλέεμ τῆς Ἰουδαίας ἐν ἡμέραις Ἡρῴδου τοῦ βασιλέως, ἰδοὺ, μάγοι ἀπὸ ἀνατολῶν παρεγένοντο εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα | 1 | The phrase **learned men from the east arrived in Jerusalem** comes after **Jesus had been born in Bethlehem of Judea**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “Now after Jesus had been born in the city of Bethlehem, which is in Judea, men who studied the stars came to Jerusalem from an eastern country” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]]) | |
| 34 | 2:1 | kf5g | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | Ἡρῴδου | 1 | There was more than one man named **Herod**. This refers to **Herod** the Great. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) | |
| 35 | 2:1 | p6gc | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown | μάγοι ἀπὸ ἀνατολῶν | 1 | See the note on these men in the Chapter Introduction. Alternate translation: “men who studied the stars” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) | |
| 36 | 2:2 | w3nc | rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result | εἴδομεν γὰρ αὐτοῦ τὸν ἀστέρα ἐν τῇ ἀνατολῇ καὶ ἤλθομεν προσκυνῆσαι αὐτῷ | 1 | If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase is the result of the first phrase. Alternate translation: “We have come to worship him, for we saw his star in the sky in the east” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) | |
| 37 | 2:2 | zj7c | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | αὐτοῦ τὸν ἀστέρα | 1 | They were not saying that the baby was the owner of the **star**, but rather that this star was directing them to where the child was. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the star that tells about him” or “the star that is associated with his birth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 38 | 2:2 | v248 | προσκυνῆσαι | 1 | This could mean: (1) they intended to **worship** the baby as divine. (2) they wanted to honor him as a human king. If your language has a word that includes both meanings, you should consider using it here. | ||
| 39 | 2:3 | qu3d | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | πᾶσα Ἱεροσόλυμα | 1 | Here, **Jerusalem** refers to the people who live in Jerusalem. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “all the people in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 40 | 2:3 | b0gt | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis | καὶ πᾶσα Ἱεροσόλυμα μετ’ αὐτοῦ | 1 | Matthew left out some words in this phrase that might be needed in certain languages to make a full sentence. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “and many in Jerusalem were troubled along with him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) | |
| 41 | 2:3 | mc1r | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole | πᾶσα Ἱεροσόλυμα | 1 | Here, **all** means “many.” Matthew is exaggerating to emphasize how many people were worried. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language. Alternate translation: “many of the people in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) | |
| 42 | 2:4 | ne4v | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations | ἐπυνθάνετο παρ’ αὐτῶν ποῦ ὁ Χριστὸς γεννᾶται | 1 | If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “he asked them where the Messiah was supposed to have been born” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) | |
| 43 | 2:5 | w68n | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis | ἐν Βηθλέεμ τῆς Ἰουδαίας | 1 | Matthew is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “He is supposed to have been born in Bethlehem, which is in the region of Judea” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) | |
| 44 | 2:5 | z2i4 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | οὕτως & γέγραπται διὰ τοῦ προφήτου | 1 | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “this is what the prophet wrote long ago” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 45 | 2:5 | o460 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations | οὕτως γὰρ γέγραπται διὰ τοῦ προφήτου | 1 | In Matthew’s culture, **for thus it has been written through the prophet** is a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book written by Micah the prophet. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Matthew is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “according to Micah the prophet, who wrote” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) | |
| 46 | 2:6 | kmw7 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe | καὶ σύ Βηθλέεμ, γῆ Ἰούδα, οὐδαμῶς ἐλαχίστη εἶ ἐν τοῖς ἡγεμόσιν Ἰούδα; ἐκ σοῦ γὰρ ἐξελεύσεται ἡγούμενος, ὅστις ποιμανεῖ τὸν λαόν μου τὸν Ἰσραήλ | 1 | Micah was speaking to **Bethlehem** as if it were a person. If it would be helpful in your language, consider referring to Bethlehem in the third person. Alternate translation: “Bethlehem, in the land of Judah, is by no means the least among the leaders of Judah, for from this region a ruler will come who will shepherd my people Israel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]]) | |
| 47 | 2:6 | c2cl | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes | οὐδαμῶς ἐλαχίστη εἶ ἐν τοῖς ἡγεμόσιν Ἰούδα | 1 | If it would be helpful in your language, you can express the meaning of **are by no means the least among the leaders of Judah** positively. Alternate translation: “your town is among the most important towns in Judah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) | |
| 48 | 2:6 | rihn | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | ἐκ σοῦ γὰρ ἐξελεύσεται ἡγούμενος | 1 | When Matthew says **for from you will come out a ruling one**, he is talking about from the people who live in Bethlehem. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “for from your people a leader will come” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 49 | 2:6 | tg5d | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | ὅστις ποιμανεῖ τὸν λαόν μου τὸν Ἰσραήλ | 1 | Micah speaks of this ruler as one **who will shepherd my people Israel**. This means he will lead and care for the people just like a shepherd cares for their animals. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “who will lead my people Israel and take care of them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 50 | 2:8 | jtw7 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure | καὶ πέμψας αὐτοὺς εἰς Βηθλέεμ εἶπεν, πορευθέντες ἐξετάσατε ἀκριβῶς περὶ τοῦ παιδίου; ἐπὰν δὲ εὕρητε, ἀπαγγείλατέ μοι ὅπως κἀγὼ ἐλθὼν προσκυνήσω αὐτῷ | 1 | Herod first says **having gone, search carefully for the young child, and after you have found him, report to me so that I also, having come, might worship him.** and then he **sent them to Bethlehem** but Matthew reversed the order of these phrases. If it would be more natural in your language, you could restore the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “Herod said to the men who study the stars, ‘After you leave, search carefully for the young child, and after you have found him, report to me so that I also, having come, might worship him.’ Then he sent them to Bethlehem” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) | |
| 51 | 2:11 | q8vp | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | πεσόντες προσεκύνησαν αὐτῷ | 1 | In their culture, **having fallen down, they worshiped him** was something that was done to a king. This shows that they saw Jesus as the true king of the Jews. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “they bowed down and honored the child as they would a king” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 52 | 2:11 | r452 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | τοὺς θησαυροὺς αὐτῶν | 1 | Here, **their treasures** refers to the boxes or bags they used to carry their treasures. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the containers that held their treasures” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 53 | 2:11 | kidl | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | προσήνεγκαν αὐτῷ δῶρα | 1 | In some cultures, gifts are brought when you are meeting someone important to show that you honor them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “they offered him gifts to honor him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 54 | 2:13 | v88f | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | ἕως ἂν εἴπω σοι | 1 | If it would be helpful in your language, you can make the full meaning of this statement explicit. Alternate translation: “until I tell you it is safe to come back” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 55 | 2:15 | ft3a | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns | ἦν ἐκεῖ | 1 | It is implied that Joseph, Mary, and Jesus remained in Egypt. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Joseph, Mary, and Jesus were there” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) | |
| 56 | 2:15 | we5w | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | ἵνα πληρωθῇ τὸ ῥηθὲν ὑπὸ Κυρίου διὰ τοῦ προφήτου | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “in order that God might prove true that which he spoke through the prophet Hosea” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 57 | 2:15 | s792 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations | λέγοντος | 1 | See how you translated **saying** in [1:23](../01/23.md)(See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) | |
| 58 | 2:16 | g513 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | ἐνεπαίχθη ὑπὸ τῶν μάγων | 1 | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the learned men had embarrassed him by tricking him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 59 | 2:16 | d8d5 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | ἀποστείλας, ἀνεῖλεν πάντας τοὺς παῖδας | 1 | Herod sent other people to kill the **children**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he gave orders for his soldiers to kill all the boys” or “he sent soldiers there to kill all the boy babies” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 60 | 2:17 | l8g5 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | ἐπληρώθη τὸ ῥηθὲν | 1 | See how your translated this in [2:15](../02/15.md) (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 61 | 2:18 | k91t | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | φωνὴ & ἠκούσθη | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “People heard a voice” or “People heard a sound” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 62 | 2:18 | x062 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet | κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὀδυρμὸς πολύς | 1 | These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that the sound of weeping was very strong. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “much weeping” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) | |
| 63 | 2:18 | zm17 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | Ῥαχὴλ κλαίουσα τὰ τέκνα αὐτῆς, καὶ οὐκ ἤθελεν παρακληθῆναι | 1 | **Rachel** lived many years before this time. This prophecy depicts Rachel, who is represented by her descendants weeping over their children. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the descendants of Rachel are weeping over their children, and no one can comfort them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 64 | 2:18 | rgg1 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | οὐκ ἤθελεν παρακληθῆναι | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “no one could comfort her” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 65 | 2:18 | p9ri | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism | ὅτι οὐκ εἰσίν | 1 | Here, **they are no more** is a polite way of saying they are dead. If it would be helpful in your language, use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “because they were dead” or “because the children were gone and would never return” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) | |
| 66 | 2:20 | hz2m | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism | οἱ ζητοῦντες τὴν ψυχὴν τοῦ παιδίου | 1 | Here, **seeking the life of the child** is a way of saying they wanted to kill the child. If it would be helpful in your language, use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “those who were looking for the child in order to kill him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) | |
| 67 | 2:22 | h4cq | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | Ἀρχέλαος | 1 | The word **Archelaus** is the name of Herod’s son. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) | |
| 68 | 2:23 | dx5i | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | πληρωθῇ τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ τῶν προφητῶν | 1 | See how you translated this in [2:15](../02/15.md) (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 69 | 3:intro | a6h3 | 0 | # Matthew 3 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nSome translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted material in verse 3.\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### John the Baptist\n\nIn this chapter, John the Baptist appears, preaching in the wilderness. He is portrayed by Matthew as resembling the Prophet Elijah in the way that he dresses and by what he eats. We know from other Gospels that John is Jesus’ cousin. John the Baptist comes before Jesus to make people ready for his coming.\n\n### “Kingdom of heaven”\n\n“The kingdom of Heaven” is synonymous with “kingdom of God” from the other three Gospels. It is a major concept in the Gospel of Matthew and is very rich in meaning. It includes the idea of eternal life in the presence of God, but it also includes the idea of what the earth will be like in the future when God rules everything, and the idea of life on earth right now, when and where God’s wishes are carried out fully. The unifying concept behind all of these ideas is that of people becoming the people over whom God rules. Wherever the expression “the kingdom of God” occurs, translation notes will suggest communicating this idea behind the abstract noun “kingdom.” UST models this approach consistently. (See: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns)\n\n### “Bear fruit worthy of repentance”\n\nFruit is a common metaphor for doing good things that God desires you to do. That idea is similar to what we observe in nature, that if a fruit plant is healthy, it will bear a lot of good fruit, but if a fruit plant is unhealthy, it will bear bad fruit or no fruit.\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter\n\n### Metonymy\n\nMatthew uses metonymy frequently in this chapter to express groups of people or things. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language to express these figures of speech. | |||
| 70 | 3:1 | xp3z | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent | δὲ | 1 | This is the beginning of a new part of the story where Matthew tells of the ministry of John the Baptist. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time while Jesus was still in Galilee” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) | |
| 71 | 3:1 | ifa0 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants | Ἰωάννης ὁ Βαπτιστὴς | 1 | This introduces **John** as a new character in the story. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new character. The expression “the Baptist” identifies him as someone who baptized people in water after they were sorry for their sins. Since he is a new participant, if it would be helpful to your readers, you could call him something like “a man named John, who baptized people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) | |
| 72 | 3:2 | hvx8 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | ἤγγικεν & ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν | 1 | The phrase **the kingdom of the heavens** refers to God ruling as king. Here, **heavens** refers to the place from which God rules. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “our God in heaven will soon show himself to be king” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 73 | 3:3 | fl4v | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | οὗτος γάρ ἐστιν ὁ ῥηθεὶς διὰ Ἠσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου λέγοντος | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “For John was the one about whom Isaiah spoke when he said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 74 | 3:3 | yhe7 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes | ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου; εὐθείας ποιεῖτε τὰς τρίβους αὐτοῦ | 1 | Here there is a direct quotation inside a direct quotation, as Matthew quotes Isaiah who quotes the messenger. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “telling people to make ready the way of the Lord and to make his paths straight” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) | |
| 75 | 3:3 | hxb6 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations | φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ | 1 | Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “The voice of someone is heard crying out in the wilderness, saying:” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) | |
| 76 | 3:3 | s62r | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche | φωνὴ βοῶντος | 1 | Here, a voice refers to the messenger who uses his voice to cry out. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “People will hear the messenger’s voice as he cries out” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) | |
| 77 | 3:3 | n7lh | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism | ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου; εὐθείας ποιεῖτε τὰς τρίβους αὐτοῦ | 1 | **Make ready the way of the Lord** and **make his paths straight** mean almost the same thing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine the two. “Prepare to hear and obey the Lord’s message when he comes”. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) | |
| 78 | 3:3 | j99i | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου | 1 | Isaiah uses a metaphor here of preparing paths or the way on which someone will travel. If someone prepares a path for another, they make the path walkable. If someone in high authority were coming, they would make sure the roads were clear from any hazards. So this metaphor means that the people should prepare themselves to receive the Lord’s message when he comes. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture or use plain speech. Alternate translation: “Prepare to hear and obey the Lord’s message when he comes” (See: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor) | |
| 79 | 3:4 | j647 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background | αὐτὸς δὲ ὁ Ἰωάννης εἶχεν τὸ ἔνδυμα αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ τριχῶν καμήλου καὶ ζώνην δερματίνην περὶ τὴν ὀσφὺν αὐτοῦ, ἡ δὲ τροφὴ ἦν αὐτοῦ ἀκρίδες καὶ μέλι ἄγριον | 1 | The word **Now** is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Matthew gives the reader some background information about what John the Baptist ate and what he looked like. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) | |
| 80 | 3:4 | su9d | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | εἶχεν τὸ ἔνδυμα αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ τριχῶν καμήλου | 1 | The phrase **had his clothing from the hair of a camel** means that he wore clothes made from camels’ hair. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “wore clothing made from the hair of a camel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 81 | 3:4 | wo34 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown | καμήλου | 1 | If your readers would not know what a **camel** is, you could include a description in a footnote or use a more general term. Alternate translation: “large, humped animal used for riding and carrying burdens in hot, dry areas” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) | |
| 82 | 3:4 | xgxk | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown | ἀκρίδες | 1 | If your readers would not know what **locusts** are, you could include a description in a footnote or use a more general term. Alternate translation: “grasshoppers” or “insects” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) | |
| 83 | 3:5 | j8ke | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | Ἱεροσόλυμα, καὶ πᾶσα ἡ Ἰουδαία, καὶ πᾶσα ἡ περίχωρος τοῦ Ἰορδάνου | 1 | The words **Jerusalem**, **Judea**, and **the region around the Jordan** are metonyms for the people from those areas. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “people from Jerusalem, Judea, and the region near the Jordan river” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 84 | 3:5 | zys1 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole | Ἱεροσόλυμα, καὶ πᾶσα ἡ Ἰουδαία, καὶ πᾶσα ἡ περίχωρος | 1 | The word **all** is an exaggeration to emphasize that very many people went out. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that depicts many people. Alternate translation: “very many people from Jerusalem, Judea, and the region near the Jordan river” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) | |
| 85 | 3:6 | v5xn | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | ἐβαπτίζοντο & ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ | 1 | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “receiving baptism by John” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 86 | 3:7 | fjl3 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | γεννήματα ἐχιδνῶν | 1 | Here, **offspring of vipers** means having the characteristic of vipers, which are poisonous snakes. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “You evil poisonous snakes!” or “You are evil like poisonous snakes!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 87 | 3:7 | c4cl | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion | τίς ὑπέδειξεν ὑμῖν φυγεῖν ἀπὸ τῆς μελλούσης ὀργῆς? | 1 | John uses a question to rebuke the Pharisees and Sadducees because they were asking him to baptize them so that God would not punish them, but they did not want to stop sinning. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You cannot flee from God’s wrath like this.” or “Do not think that you can escape God’s wrath just because I baptize you.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) | |
| 88 | 3:7 | h7ac | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification | φυγεῖν ἀπὸ τῆς μελλούσης ὀργῆς | 1 | The phrase **coming wrath** is being used to refer to God’s punishment. Wrath itself cannot come, but God is the one who causes it to happen. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “to flee from God’s wrath which he is bringing against you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) | |
| 89 | 3:8 | s8ac | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | ποιήσατε οὖν καρπὸν ἄξιον τῆς μετανοίας | 1 | The phrase **produce fruit** is a metaphor referring to a person’s actions. Just as a healthy tree bears good fruit, so should someone who loves God do good. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “So, let your actions show that you have truly repented” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 90 | 3:9 | anyf | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | πατέρα ἔχομεν τὸν Ἀβραάμ | 1 | They would say **We have Abraham {as} father** because they thought being Abraham’s descendants would protect them from God’s judgment. Alternate translation: “Abraham is our ancestor, so God would not punish us” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 91 | 3:9 | s4og | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | πατέρα | 1 | Here, the word **father** means “ancestor.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “Abraham is our ancestor” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 92 | 3:9 | k843 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole | δύναται ὁ Θεὸς ἐκ τῶν λίθων τούτων ἐγεῖραι τέκνα τῷ Ἀβραάμ | 1 | John uses an exaggeration here to show that God does not need these Pharisees and Sadducees to fulfill his promises which he made to **Abraham**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that portrays this exaggeration. Alternate translation: “God could make children of Abraham even out of these rocks!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) | |
| 93 | 3:9 | eedc | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | τέκνα τῷ Ἀβραάμ | 1 | Here, the word **children** means “descendants.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “descendants for Abraham” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 94 | 3:10 | d4j5 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | ἤδη δὲ ἡ ἀξίνη πρὸς τὴν ῥίζαν τῶν δένδρων κεῖται; πᾶν οὖν δένδρον μὴ ποιοῦν καρπὸν καλὸν ἐκκόπτεται καὶ εἰς πῦρ βάλλεται | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The person who is going to cut down the tree has already placed his ax against the roots. So, he will cut down every tree which does not bear good fruit and throw it into the fire” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 95 | 3:10 | a8m8 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | πᾶν οὖν δένδρον μὴ ποιοῦν καρπὸν καλὸν ἐκκόπτεται καὶ εἰς πῦρ βάλλεται | 1 | The phrase **every tree not producing good fruit is chopped down and is thrown into the fire** is a figurative way of describing punishment. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “God will certainly punish every person who does not repent of their sins and do good deeds to show it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 96 | 3:11 | c1xf | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | οὐκ εἰμὶ ἱκανὸς τὰ ὑποδήματα βαστάσαι | 1 | Here, **to carry sandals** was a duty of a slave. John is saying implicitly that the one who is coming will be so great that John is not even worthy to be his slave. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “I am not even worthy to be his slave” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 97 | 3:11 | gtm7 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | αὐτὸς ὑμᾶς βαπτίσει ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ καὶ πυρί | 1 | John is using literal baptism, which puts a person under water, to speak of spiritual baptism, which cleanses people from their sin. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 98 | 3:12 | gcq8 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | οὗ τὸ πτύον ἐν τῇ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ | 1 | John is saying that the Messiah will come prepared to judge people right away. You could express this metaphor as a simile in your translation. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here in your translation. Alternate translation: “He will already be prepared to judge people, just like a farmer who is ready to thresh grain” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 99 | 3:12 | sq4p | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | οὗ τὸ πτύον ἐν τῇ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ | 1 | Here, **in his hand** means the person is ready to act. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “Christ is holding a winnowing fork because he is ready” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 100 | 3:12 | b5m4 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown | τὸ πτύον | 1 | A **winnowing fork** is a tool for tossing wheat into the air to separate the wheat grain from the chaff. The heavier grain falls back down, and the wind blows away the unwanted chaff. This tool is similar to a pitchfork. If you have a similar tool in your culture, you can use the word for it here. Otherwise, you can use a phrase that would express the meaning. Alternate translation: “tool for threshing grain” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) | |
| 101 | 3:12 | r2ua | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown | τὴν ἅλωνα αὐτοῦ | 1 | The **threshing floor** was the place where harvested wheat was processed to separate the valuable grain from the useless husks. To clear off the floor is to finish threshing all the grain. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the name of a place of similar use in your culture, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “his place where he separated the grain from the chaff” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) | |
| 102 | 3:12 | av8l | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | συνάξει τὸν σῖτον αὐτοῦ εἰς τὴν ἀποθήκην & τὸ δὲ ἄχυρον κατακαύσει πυρὶ ἀσβέστῳ | 1 | John continues to speak, describing how the coming Messiah will judge people. The wheat is the part of the crop that is useful. It represents people who are obedient to God, who will be welcomed into his presence. The chaff is the husk that surrounds the grain. It is not useful for anything, so people burn it up. You could express this metaphor as a simile in your translation. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here, placing a period after “floor” and deleting the word “and.”. Alternate translation: “He will welcome those who are obedient to God, just as a farmer stores good grain in his barn. But he will punish those who are disobedient to God, just as a farmer burns up the useless chaff” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 103 | 3:13 | vl93 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent | τότε | 1 | # Connecting Statement:\n\nThis introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) | |
| 104 | 3:13 | zbj9 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | βαπτισθῆναι ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ | 1 | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so John could baptize him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 105 | 3:14 | cl7t | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion | ἐγὼ χρείαν ἔχω ὑπὸ σοῦ βαπτισθῆναι, καὶ σὺ ἔρχῃ πρός με? | 1 | John uses a question to show his surprise at Jesus’ request. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You are more important than I am. I should not baptize you. You should baptize me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) | |
| 106 | 3:15 | h6ca | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive | ἡμῖν | 1 | Here, **us** refers to Jesus and John. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) | |
| 107 | 3:15 | wdcu | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | πληρῶσαι πᾶσαν δικαιοσύνην | 1 | The phrase **to fulfill all righteousness** means to do everything which God requires someone to do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “to do everything which God has told us to do” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 108 | 3:16 | inf6 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | βαπτισθεὶς | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “after John baptized Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 109 | 3:16 | jh1v | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | ἀνεῴχθησαν αὐτῷ οἱ οὐρανοί | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the sky opened up” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 110 | 3:16 | e3na | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile | τὸ Πνεῦμα τοῦ Θεοῦ καταβαῖνον ὡσεὶ περιστερὰν ἐρχόμενον ἐπ’ αὐτόν | 1 | The phrase **like a dove** could mean: (1) the Spirit looked like a dove as he descended upon Jesus. Alternate translation: “he Spirit come down from heaven, looking like a dove” (2) the Spirit descend upon Jesus as a dove descends from the sky toward the ground. Alternate translation: “The Spirit of God came down from heaven as a dove comes down” (See: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile) | |
| 111 | 3:17 | m2wk | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification | φωνὴ ἐκ τῶν οὐρανῶν λέγουσα | 1 | Matthew speaks of this voice as if it were a living thing that could come from heaven to earth. The voice is God’s voice. Alternate translation: “God spoke from heaven and said” (See: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification) | |
| 112 | 3:17 | myz8 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples | ὁ Υἱός μου | 1 | This is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) | |
| 113 | 4:intro | hgw2 | 0 | # Matthew 4 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in verses 5 and 16, which are words from the Old Testament.\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### The Devil\n\nThe devil, or Satan, is a fallen angel who attacks God’s people and tries to get them to turn against God. The devil hates God and all that God created because he wants to take the place of God and be worshiped as God. rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/satan\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter | |||
| 114 | 4:1 | k51m | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent | τότε | 1 | This introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “After this,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) | |
| 115 | 4:1 | aq3s | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἀνήχθη & ὑπὸ τοῦ Πνεύματος | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the Spirit led Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 116 | 4:1 | wy4b | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | πειρασθῆναι ὑπὸ τοῦ διαβόλου | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so the devil could tempt Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 117 | 4:2 | cft7 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers | ἡμέρας τεσσεράκοντα καὶ νύκτας τεσσεράκοντα | 1 | This means he fasted continually with no breaks for a period of 40 days. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) | |
| 118 | 4:2 | cuu1 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism | ἡμέρας τεσσεράκοντα καὶ νύκτας τεσσεράκοντα | 1 | Matthew uses **40 days and 40 nights** to express that Jesus fasted for 40 entire days without stopping. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “for 40 whole days” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) | |
| 119 | 4:3 | oyws | rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical | εἰ Υἱὸς εἶ τοῦ Θεοῦ, εἰπὲ ἵνα οἱ λίθοι οὗτοι ἄρτοι γένωνται | 1 | The devil is suggesting that this is a hypothetical condition, and that the stone will only become bread if Jesus speaks to them as the Son of God. The devil is speaking as if it is uncertain who Jesus is in order to challenge him to do this miracle to prove that he really is the Son of God. If this would be unclear in your language, you could clarify. Alternate translation: “Prove that you are the Son of God by commanding these stones to become bread” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]]) | |
| 120 | 4:3 | c1ac | rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples | Υἱὸς & τοῦ Θεοῦ | 1 | **Son of God** is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) | |
| 121 | 4:4 | fd67 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | γέγραπται | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Moses wrote this in the Scriptures long ago” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 122 | 4:4 | sph9 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations | γέγραπται | 1 | In Matthew’s culture, **it is written** is a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, an Old Testament book written by Moses. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Jesus is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “as it can be read in the Old Testament” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) | |
| 123 | 4:4 | i33v | οὐκ ἐπ’ ἄρτῳ μόνῳ ζήσεται ὁ ἄνθρωπος | 1 | This can either be (1) a command. Alternate translation: “Man shall not live on bread alone” or (2) a general statement: Alternate translation: “Man does not live on bread alone” | ||
| 124 | 4:4 | d010 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun | ὁ ἄνθρωπος | 1 | This verse is not speaking about a specific person, but about people in general. If it would be helpful in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “A person” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) | |
| 125 | 4:4 | xbai | rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast | ἀλλ’ | 1 | What follows the word **but** here is in contrast to what came before it. People should not only live on food, but also must hear what the Lord is teaching them. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “but also” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) | |
| 126 | 4:4 | jl6f | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | παντὶ ῥήματι ἐκπορευομένῳ διὰ στόματος Θεοῦ | 1 | The metaphor **coming from the mouth of God** refers to everything which God has spoken. God does not actually have a mouth from which words would come. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternative translation: “every word which God has spoken” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 127 | 4:6 | x2vg | rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples | Υἱὸς & τοῦ Θεοῦ | 1 | **Son of God** is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) | |
| 128 | 4:6 | dnrp | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | βάλε σεαυτὸν κάτω | 1 | When Satan tells Jesus to **throw yourself down**, he means that Jesus should throw himself from on top of the temple. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “throw yourself down from on top of the high point of the temple” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 129 | 4:6 | x6zc | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | γέγραπται γὰρ | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “for God has written in his word” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 130 | 4:6 | fa8l | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations | γέγραπται | 1 | Satan is quoting from the book of Psalms. See note on [4:4](../04/4.md) for how you translated this phrase (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) | |
| 131 | 4:6 | f1mm | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | ἐπὶ χειρῶν ἀροῦσίν σε | 1 | This verse is saying that God’s angels would catch Jesus if he were to **throw himself down**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “The angels would catch you if you fell” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 132 | 4:7 | fn07 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | πάλιν γέγραπται | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Again, I will tell you what Moses wrote in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 133 | 4:7 | c7t5 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun | οὐκ ἐκπειράσεις | 1 | Here, **You** refers to people in general, and not to a specific person. If it would be helpful in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “No one shall” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) | |
| 134 | 4:8 | d12q | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | καὶ τὴν δόξαν αὐτῶν | 1 | Here, **their glory** is referring to the riches that these nations have. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and the riches which they possess” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 135 | 4:9 | al72 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical | ταῦτά σοι πάντα δώσω | 1 | Satan is using a hypothetical statement to tempt Jesus. Make sure to make this hypothetical statement explicit in your language. Alternate translation: “If you bow down and worship me, I will give you all of these things” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]]) | |
| 136 | 4:9 | eas8 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction | ἐὰν πεσὼν | 1 | This was a common action to show that a person was worshiping. If there is a gesture with similar meaning in your culture, you could consider using it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “if you show reverence to me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) | |
| 137 | 4:10 | k49q | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | γέγραπται γάρ | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “For Moses also wrote in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 138 | 4:10 | rig8 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun | προσκυνήσεις & λατρεύσεις | 1 | Here, **You** refers to people in general and not to a specific person. If it would be helpful in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “Each person shall worship … each person shall serve” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) | |
| 139 | 4:12 | v7p4 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background | δὲ | 1 | This is the beginning of a new part of the story in which Matthew describes the beginning of Jesus’ ministry in Galilee. These verses explain how Jesus came to be in Galilee. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) | |
| 140 | 4:12 | d1vi | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | Ἰωάννης παρεδόθη | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the king had arrested John” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 141 | 4:13 | hpm4 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | ἐν ὁρίοις Ζαβουλὼν καὶ Νεφθαλείμ | 1 | The words **Zebulun** and **Naphtali** are the names of the tribes that lived in these territories many years earlier, before foreigners took control of the land of Israel. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 142 | 4:14 | tj7c | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | τὸ ῥηθὲν | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “what God said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 143 | 4:15 | egx6 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche | γῆ Ζαβουλὼν καὶ γῆ Νεφθαλείμ & Γαλιλαία τῶν ἐθνῶν | 1 | Jesus refers to these places, when he is really referring to the people who live in them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “You who live in Zebulun and Naphtali” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) | |
| 144 | 4:15 | se2r | ὁδὸν θαλάσσης | 1 | The phrase **the way of the sea** could also be a title referring to a road which ran along the Sea of Galilee. | ||
| 145 | 4:16 | fsl6 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | ὁ λαὸς ὁ καθήμενος ἐν σκοτίᾳ | 1 | Here, **the people** being referred to are the Jews. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “The Jews, who are sitting in darkness” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 146 | 4:16 | h2xr | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | ὁ λαὸς ὁ καθήμενος ἐν σκοτίᾳ φῶς εἶδεν μέγα & ἐν χώρᾳ καὶ σκιᾷ θανάτου, φῶς | 1 | Here, **darkness** and **region and shadow of death** are metaphors for not knowing the truth about God. And **light** is a metaphor for God’s true message that saves people from their sin. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternative translation: “The people sitting in sin have heard the message that God saves” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 147 | 4:16 | j6gz | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | ὁ καθήμενος & τοῖς καθημένοις | 1 | Here, **sitting** is a metaphor for living. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternative translation: “who are living … to those living” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 148 | 4:16 | nn1r | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism | τοῖς καθημένοις ἐν χώρᾳ καὶ σκιᾷ θανάτου, φῶς ἀνέτειλεν αὐτοῖς | 1 | The latter part of the sentence, **and to those sitting in the region and shadow of death, upon them has a light arisen**, has the same meaning as the first part of the sentence. If it would be helpful in your language, you can combine the two parts of the verse into one. Alternate translation: “Those who are sitting in darkness have seen a great light” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) | |
| 149 | 4:17 | dku3 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | ἤγγικεν & ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν | 1 | See how you translated this in [3:2](../03/02.md) (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 150 | 4:18 | yrx7 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent | δὲ | 1 | This begins a new story about Jesus’ ministry in Galilee. Here he begins to gather men to be his disciples. The story does not say how long after previous events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) | |
| 151 | 4:18 | yfh5 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | βάλλοντας ἀμφίβληστρον εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν | 1 | They were **casting a net** in order to catch fish. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “throwing a net into the water to catch fish” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 152 | 4:18 | yyiy | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown | βάλλοντας ἀμφίβληστρον | 1 | Some cultures use a **net** to catch fish. A net is a mesh or network of cords or ropes which is thrown into the water to trap fish in it. If this would not be understood in your culture, you can use a general phrase. Alternate translation: “fishing in the sea” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) | |
| 153 | 4:18 | qmzo | rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background | ἦσαν γὰρ ἁλιεῖς | 1 | Matthew is providing this background information to help readers understand why they were casting fishing nets. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation, as a new sentence: “They were doing this because they earned their living by catching fish” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]]) | |
| 154 | 4:19 | y3zg | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | δεῦτε ὀπίσω μου | 1 | **Come after me** is an idiom meaning to follow the speaker and be their student. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “Follow me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 155 | 4:19 | n9h3 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | ποιήσω ὑμᾶς ἁλιεῖς ἀνθρώπων | 1 | **I will make you fishers of men** means Jesus will cause Simon and Andrew to teach people God’s true message so others will also follow Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “I will teach you to gather men to me like you used to gather fish” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 156 | 4:21 | utn4 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | ἐκάλεσεν αὐτούς | 1 | Here, **he called them** is an idiom meaning that he told them to follow him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “he told them to follow him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 157 | 4:23 | jt3m | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | κηρύσσων τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τῆς βασιλείας | 1 | Here, **kingdom** refers to God’s reign as king. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “preaching the good news that God will soon show himself as king” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 158 | 4:23 | nr8m | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism | πᾶσαν νόσον καὶ πᾶσαν μαλακίαν | 1 | The words **disease** and **sickness** are used here to cover every form of illness which someone might have. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “every form of illness” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) | |
| 159 | 4:23 | ljkd | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole | πᾶσαν νόσον καὶ πᾶσαν μαλακίαν | 1 | Here, **every** here is an exaggeration, and it does not mean that he healed every single disease among the people, but rather that he healed many different kinds of diseases. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language. Alternate translation: “many diseases and many sicknesses” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) | |
| 160 | 4:24 | i296 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | δαιμονιζομένους | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “those whom demons controlled” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 161 | 4:24 | hwa0 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification | ἀπῆλθεν ἡ ἀκοὴ αὐτοῦ εἰς ὅλην τὴν Συρίαν | 1 | News itself can not **go out**, but rather, people spread the news about what Jesus was doing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “people were spreading the news of what Jesus was doing into all of Syria” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) | |
| 162 | 4:24 | unqn | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole | προσήνεγκαν αὐτῷ πάντας τοὺς κακῶς | 1 | Here, **all the ones having sickness** is an exaggeration and does not mean that every single person who was sick was brought to him, but rather that many were brought. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language. Alternate translation: “Those who lived there brought many sick people to him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) | |
| 163 | 4:24 | p3nf | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown | σεληνιαζομένους | 1 | This refers to someone who goes unconscious and their body moves uncontrollably. If your readers would not be familiar with this disease, you could use the name of something like this from your language, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “those who sometimes become unconscious and move uncontrollably” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) | |
| 164 | 4:24 | qk4c | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown | καὶ παραλυτικούς | 1 | A person who is a **paralytic** is someone who is not able to use or control a large portion of their body due to injury or sickness. If your readers would not be familiar with this sickness, you could use the name of something like this in your language, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “someone who is paralyzed” or “someone who is not able to use a large portion of their body” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) | |
| 165 | 4:25 | i9m7 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | Δεκαπόλεως | 1 | This name means “the Ten Towns.” This is the name of a region to the southeast of the Sea of Galilee. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) | |
| 166 | 5:intro | awz8 | 0 | # Matthew 5 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nMany people call the words in Matthew 5-7 the Sermon on the Mount. This is one long lesson that Jesus taught. Bibles divide this lesson into three chapters, but this can sometimes confuse the reader. If your translation divides the text into sections, be sure that the reader understands that the whole sermon is one large section.\n\nMatthew 5:3-10, known as the Beatitudes or Blessings, has been set apart by being set farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text, with each line beginning with the word “blessed.” This way of placing the words on the page highlights the poetic form of this teaching.\n\nJesus spoke about many different subjects in this sermon, so you may wish to help the reader by putting an empty line into the text whenever Jesus changed the subject.\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### “His disciples”\n\nIt is possible to refer to anyone who followed Jesus as a follower or disciple. Jesus selected 12 of his followers to become his closest disciples, “the twelve disciples” or “the Twelve.” They would later become known as the apostles.\n\n### Generic Noun Phrases\n\nIn this chapter, because Jesus is talking to a very large crowd, he often uses words such as “you”, “those”, “a person”, “someone” or other ways of speaking about people in general. He is not speaking about any particular person. This is a common practice when giving important universal teachers as Jesus is doing here. Express these phrases in a way that is natural in your language for speaking about people in general. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])\n\n### The Law\n\nMany times in this chapter, it sounds like Jesus contrasts what the law says with “but I say.” Jesus is not actually contrasting what he says with the law, but is just expanding on the meaning of the law for his listeners, to apply it to their lives. Make sure this is clear to your readers.\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### You singular and you plural\n\nIn this chapter, Jesus is talking to a large crowd of his followers. Throughout the chapter, Jesus switches between using you in the singular and you in the plural while he is talking to the same people. When he is using the singular, he is referring to all of the individuals in the crowd, but is still referring to the crowd as a whole. Your language may require you to use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) | |||
| 167 | 5:1 | c5rq | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent | δὲ | 1 | # Connecting Statement:\n\nThis introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) | |
| 168 | 5:2 | q9mm | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | ἀνοίξας τὸ στόμα αὐτοῦ | 1 | Here, **having opened his mouth** is an idiom meaning to speak. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “when Jesus began to speak” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 169 | 5:3 | jhdg | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | μακάριοι | 1 | The phrase **Blessed {are}** indicates that God is giving favor to people and that their situation is positive or good. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “How good it is for” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 170 | 5:3 | o3y4 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj | οἱ πτωχοὶ | 1 | Jesus is using the adjective **poor** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are poor”(See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) | |
| 171 | 5:3 | od1c | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun | οἱ πτωχοὶ τῷ πνεύματι | 1 | Jesus is referring to people in general in this phrase, not of any particular person. If it would be helpful in your language, use a more natural phrase. See the note in the chapter introduction for a longer explanation. Alternate translation: “the people who are poor in spirit” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) | |
| 172 | 5:3 | j7ct | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | οἱ πτωχοὶ τῷ πνεύματι | 1 | The phrase **poor in spirit** refers to someone who is in need of God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “those who know they need God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 173 | 5:3 | wpi6 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | ὅτι αὐτῶν ἐστιν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν | 1 | See how you translated **kingdom of the heavens** in [3:2](../03/02.md) (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 174 | 5:4 | u8s3 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | μακάριοι | 1 | See the note in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 175 | 5:4 | pgy8 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun | οἱ πενθοῦντες | 1 | See how you translated this type of phrase in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) | |
| 176 | 5:4 | lie5 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | αὐτοὶ παρακληθήσονται | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will comfort them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 177 | 5:5 | mvb1 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj | οἱ πραεῖς | 1 | Jesus is using the adjective **meek** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are humble” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) | |
| 178 | 5:6 | bi1j | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | οἱ πεινῶντες καὶ διψῶντες τὴν δικαιοσύνην | 1 | The phrase **hungering and thirsting for righteousness** describes people who strongly desire to do what is right. Hunger and thirst are the strongest desires a person can have. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “those who desire to live right as much as they desire food and drink” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 179 | 5:6 | hlq2 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | αὐτοὶ χορτασθήσονται | 1 | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will fill them” or “God will satisfy them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 180 | 5:8 | s9gd | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | οἱ καθαροὶ τῇ καρδίᾳ | 1 | Here, **pure in heart** is an idiom for a person’s good intentions. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “those who have good intentions” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 181 | 5:8 | cr20 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun | οἱ καθαροὶ τῇ καρδίᾳ | 1 | See the note in [5:3](../05/03.md). Alternate translation: “people whose intentions please God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) | |
| 182 | 5:8 | t6ni | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | αὐτοὶ τὸν Θεὸν ὄψονται | 1 | Here, **they will see God** means they will be able to live in God’s presence, which a person cannot do unless they are in right relationship with him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “they will live in God’s presence” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 183 | 5:9 | tv19 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | ὅτι αὐτοὶ υἱοὶ Θεοῦ κληθήσονται | 1 | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “for God will call them his children” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 184 | 5:10 | bqu7 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | οἱ δεδιωγμένοι | 1 | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “those people whom others treat unfairly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 185 | 5:10 | f3li | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | αὐτῶν ἐστιν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν | 1 | See how you translated this in [5:3](../05/03.md) (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 186 | 5:11 | t5kb | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you | μακάριοί ἐστε & ὑμᾶς & ὑμῶν | 1 | The word **you**, here and in the remainder of the chapter unless otherwise noted, is plural. Jesus is talking to the people in the crowd. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) | |
| 187 | 5:11 | eez3 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ | 1 | When Jesus says **because of me**, he means because they are following him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “because you follow me” or “because you believe in me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 188 | 5:12 | ssk9 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet | χαίρετε καὶ ἀγαλλιᾶσθε | 1 | Here, **Rejoice** and **be very glad** mean almost the same thing. Jesus said this to be emphatic. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Be exceedingly glad” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) | |
| 189 | 5:12 | bpwb | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς | 1 | Here, **in the heavens** means with God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “which you will receive when you are with God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 190 | 5:13 | i3zp | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | ὑμεῖς ἐστε τὸ ἅλας τῆς γῆς; ἐὰν δὲ τὸ ἅλας μωρανθῇ, ἐν τίνι ἁλισθήσεται | 1 | This could mean: (1) just as **salt** makes food taste good, disciples of Jesus influence the people of the world so that they will be good. Alternate translation: “You are like salt for the people of the world” (2) just as **salt** preserves food, disciples of Jesus keep people from becoming totally corrupt. Alternate translation: “As salt is for food, you are for the world” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 191 | 5:13 | yoif | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion | ἐὰν δὲ τὸ ἅλας μωρανθῇ, ἐν τίνι ἁλισθήσεται? | 1 | Jesus uses a question to teach the disciples that God does not use people who don’t care about what he wants. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “A person who stops following God becomes useless to him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) | |
| 192 | 5:13 | e7cz | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | εἰ μὴ βληθὲν ἔξω, καταπατεῖσθαι ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων | 1 | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “except for people to throw it out into the road and walk on it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 193 | 5:13 | ojrg | rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions | εἰς οὐδὲν ἰσχύει ἔτι, εἰ μὴ βληθὲν ἔξω | 1 | Jesus is saying that the only use for the salt that lost its taste is to be trampled upon. If it would appear in your language that Jesus was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “The salt is only useful for being thrown out” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]]) | |
| 194 | 5:14 | wgh5 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | ὑμεῖς ἐστε τὸ φῶς τοῦ κόσμου | 1 | Just like a **light** shines in a dark place, Jesus is saying that, with his message, his disciples will shine in **the world**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “You are like a light for the people of the world to see God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 195 | 5:14 | bn28 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | οὐ δύναται πόλις κρυβῆναι ἐπάνω ὄρους κειμένη | 1 | When it is dark at night, people can see the lights of a city shining from far away, if the view of the city is not blocked by anything, being on top of the hill. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “At night, when the lights are most visible, a city on a hill cannot be hidden” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 196 | 5:14 | ny4h | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | οὐ δύναται πόλις κρυβῆναι ἐπάνω ὄρους κειμένη | 1 | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Everyone can see the lights from a city which is set on a hill” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 197 | 5:15 | s5sb | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun | οὐδὲ καίουσιν λύχνον | 1 | See the note in the chapter introduction. Alternate translation: “People do not light a lamp” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) | |
| 198 | 5:15 | c8el | rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast | ἀλλ’ | 1 | What follows the words **but rather** is in contrast to what came before it. Instead of foolishly putting a lamp in a basket, you should set it on a high place to light up the room. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “but” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) | |
| 199 | 5:16 | qhp8 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | λαμψάτω τὸ φῶς ὑμῶν ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων | 1 | **Let your light shine before men** means the disciples of Jesus should live in such a way that others can learn about God’s truth because of how they live. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “Let your lives be like a light that shines before people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 200 | 5:16 | iiu8 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship | τὸν Πατέρα ὑμῶν τὸν ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς | 1 | God is referred to as our **Father**. He is not our father in that same way as our biological father. That detail is not normally translated, but if your language has a specific word for a man’s father, it would be appropriate to use it here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]]) | |
| 201 | 5:16 | ouqi | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς | 1 | See how you translated **in the heavens** in [5:12](../05/12.md)(See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 202 | 5:17 | gg3k | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | τοὺς προφήτας | 1 | This refers to what **the prophets** wrote in the Scriptures. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the writings of the prophets” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 203 | 5:17 | re9h | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis | οὐκ ἦλθον καταλῦσαι, ἀλλὰ πληρῶσαι | 1 | Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “I did not come to nullify the law and the prophets, but I came to fulfill them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) | |
| 204 | 5:17 | jirt | rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast | ἀλλὰ | 1 | What follows the word **but** here is in contrast to what came before it. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “but rather” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) | |
| 205 | 5:18 | cv3m | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole | ἕως ἂν παρέλθῃ ὁ οὐρανὸς καὶ ἡ γῆ, ἰῶτα ἓν ἢ μία κερέα οὐ μὴ παρέλθῃ ἀπὸ τοῦ νόμου | 1 | The phrase **until the heaven and the earth may pass away, one jot or one tittle may certainly not pass away from the law** exaggerates the fact that no part of God’s word will ever pass away. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that shows honor. Alternate translation: “not even the smallest part of God’s word will ever pass away” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) | |
| 206 | 5:18 | ylz6 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | ἰῶτα ἓν ἢ μία κερέα | 1 | The **jot** was the smallest Hebrew letter, and the **tittle** was a small mark that was the difference between two Hebrew letters. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the smallest written letter or the smallest part of a letter” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 207 | 5:19 | uxz2 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical | ὃς ἐὰν οὖν λύσῃ μίαν τῶν ἐντολῶν τούτων τῶν ἐλαχίστων & ἐλάχιστος κληθήσεται ἐν τῇ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν & ὃς δ’ ἂν ποιήσῃ καὶ διδάξῃ, οὗτος μέγας κληθήσεται ἐν τῇ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν. | 1 | Jesus is using a hypothetical situation to teach the crowd of his disciples the importance of God’s law. Alternate translation: “If one were to nullify even the smallest of these commandments … God would call him the least important in his kingdom. If one were to do and teach the commandments, God would call him great in his kingdom” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]]) | |
| 208 | 5:19 | hxl1 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun | ὃς ἐὰν οὖν λύσῃ & ὃς δ’ ἂν ποιήσῃ | 1 | See the note in the chapter introduction. Alternate translation: “If anyone therefore breaks … If anyone does” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) | |
| 209 | 5:19 | dv5c | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | διδάξῃ οὕτως τοὺς ἀνθρώπους & κληθήσεται | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “teaches others to do so, God will call that person” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 210 | 5:19 | bg2v | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | τῇ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν | 1 | See how you translated this in [3:2](../03/02.md) (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 211 | 5:20 | l3lv | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives | ὅτι ἐὰν μὴ περισσεύσῃ ὑμῶν ἡ δικαιοσύνη & οὐ μὴ εἰσέλθητε | 1 | If it would be helpful in your language, you can state this double negative in positive form. Alternate translation: “that only if your righteousness abounds … will you enter” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) | |
| 212 | 5:20 | zqr6 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical | ἐὰν μὴ περισσεύσῃ ὑμῶν ἡ δικαιοσύνη πλεῖον & οὐ μὴ εἰσέλθητε εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τῶν Οὐρανῶν | 1 | Jesus is using a hypothetical situation to teach the disciples about how holy they need to be to enter into the kingdom of the heavens. Alternate translation: “if your righteousness does not become much greater than that … you will never become a part of God’s people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]]) | |
| 213 | 5:21 | t6k5 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | ἐρρέθη τοῖς ἀρχαίοις | 1 | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God spoke to your ancestors long ago, saying” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 214 | 5:21 | mij2 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | ὃς & ἂν φονεύσῃ, ἔνοχος ἔσται τῇ κρίσει | 1 | Here, **the judgment** implies that a judge will condemn the person to die. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “A judge will condemn anyone who kills another person” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 215 | 5:22 | d5nl | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship | τῷ ἀδελφῷ αὐτοῦ & τῷ ἀδελφῷ αὐτοῦ | 1 | Here, **his brother** refers to a fellow disciple of Jesus, not to a literal brother or a neighbor. If it would be helpful in your language, you can make it explicit. Alternate translation: “with another one believer” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]]) | |
| 216 | 5:22 | w721 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate | ῥακά | 1 | This is an Aramaic word. Matthew spelled it out using Greek letters so his readers would know how it sounded. In your translation you can spell it the way it sounds in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]]) | |
| 217 | 5:22 | i9r5 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis | ὃς δ’ ἂν εἴπῃ | 2 | Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “And whoever might say to his brother” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) | |
| 218 | 5:23 | chv4 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | ἐπὶ τὸ θυσιαστήριον | 1 | It is implied that this is God’s **altar** at the temple in Jerusalem. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “to God at the altar in the temple” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 219 | 5:24 | z9m5 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | πρῶτον διαλλάγηθι τῷ ἀδελφῷ σου | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “first, make peace with that person” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 220 | 5:24 | q08w | rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential | τότε | 1 | The word **then** indicates that only after the two are reconciled can this person offer something upon the altar. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “then, once you are brought together again” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]]) | |
| 221 | 5:25 | x4ta | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you | ἴσθι εὐνοῶν τῷ ἀντιδίκῳ σου ταχὺ, ἕως ὅτου εἶ μετ’ αὐτοῦ ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ; μήποτέ σε παραδῷ ὁ ἀντίδικος τῷ κριτῇ, καὶ ὁ κριτὴς τῷ ὑπηρέτῃ, καὶ εἰς φυλακὴν βληθήσῃ | 1 | Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should or should not do. All occurrences of **you** and **your** in this verse are singular, but in some languages they may need to be plural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) | |
| 222 | 5:25 | sr9d | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown | τῷ ἀντιδίκῳ σου | 1 | An **accuser** is a person who blames someone else for doing something wrong. He may take the wrongdoer to court to accuse him before a judge. If it would be helpful in your language, you can state it explicitly. Alternate translation: “with the one who accuses you of doing wrong” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) | |
| 223 | 5:25 | x1tk | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | σε παραδῷ & τῷ κριτῇ | 1 | Here, **hand you over** means to give someone into the control of someone else. Alternate translation: “gives control of you to the judge” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 224 | 5:25 | lr2n | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | ἕως ὅτου εἶ μετ’ αὐτοῦ ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ | 1 | Here, **on the way** is referring to the time when they are walking to the place where the judge is. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “while you are walking with him on the road to the court house” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 225 | 5:25 | nev9 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | μήποτέ σε παραδῷ ὁ ἀντίδικος τῷ κριτῇ | 1 | Here, **hand you over** means to bring someone to the judge to have the judge deal with them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “lest your accuser might bring you to the judge and give you to him so that he can judge you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 226 | 5:25 | pq6d | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis | ὁ κριτὴς τῷ ὑπηρέτῃ | 1 | Here, “hand you over” is implied from the previous phrase. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “and the judge might hand you over to the officer” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) | |
| 227 | 5:25 | gcm5 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown | τῷ ὑπηρέτῃ | 1 | Here, **the officer** is a person who has authority to carry out the decisions of a judge. Usually this involves bringing people to jail if they have been declared guilty by the judge. Alternate translation: “to one who carries out the judge’s orders” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) | |
| 228 | 5:25 | pzh4 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | εἰς φυλακὴν βληθήσῃ | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the officer will put you in prison” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 229 | 5:27 | jxg5 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | ὅτι ἐρρέθη | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that God said” or “that Moses said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 230 | 5:28 | glg9 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | αὐτὴν ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ | 1 | Here, **heart** Is referring to the inner thoughts and desires of a person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “with her in his thoughts” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 231 | 5:29 | et3n | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you | εἰ δὲ ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου ὁ δεξιὸς σκανδαλίζει σε, ἔξελε αὐτὸν καὶ βάλε ἀπὸ σοῦ; συμφέρει γάρ σοι ἵνα ἀπόληται ἓν τῶν μελῶν σου, καὶ μὴ ὅλον τὸ σῶμά σου βληθῇ εἰς Γέενναν | 1 | Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should or should not do. All instances of **you** and **your** here are singular, but in some languages they may need to be plural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) | |
| 232 | 5:29 | ikp5 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche | εἰ & ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου ὁ δεξιὸς σκανδαλίζει σε | 1 | Here, **right eye** refers to both eyes. It was common in Jesus’ time to think the right eye was more important. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “if one of your eyes causes you to sin” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) | |
| 233 | 5:29 | y0f2 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | εἰ & ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου ὁ δεξιὸς σκανδαλίζει σε | 1 | Here, **to stumble** is a metaphor meaning “to sin.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “if you want to sin because of what your eye sees” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 234 | 5:29 | v6jr | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole | ἔξελε αὐτὸν | 1 | This is an exaggerated command for a person to do whatever he needs to do to stop sinning, even if that means removing an eye. If you mention both eyes in this verse, it will be necessary to say “pluck them out” here. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) | |
| 235 | 5:29 | v1cn | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | καὶ μὴ ὅλον τὸ σῶμά σου βληθῇ εἰς Γέενναν | 1 | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “than for God to throw your whole body into hell” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 236 | 5:29 | v687 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | ἀπόληται ἓν τῶν μελῶν σου | 1 | Here, **one of your members** is referring to an individual part of the body. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “one individual part of your body perish” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 237 | 5:30 | wtyk | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism | καὶ εἰ ἡ δεξιά σου χεὶρ σκανδαλίζει σε, ἔκκοψον αὐτὴν καὶ βάλε ἀπὸ σοῦ; συμφέρει γάρ σοι ἵνα ἀπόληται ἓν τῶν μελῶν σου, καὶ μὴ ὅλον τὸ σῶμά σου εἰς Γέενναν ἀπέλθῃ | 1 | This verse has the same meaning as the previous verse. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the verses into one. Alternate translation: “If a part of your body causes you to sin against God, you should destroy it. For it is better that one part of your body be destroyed than for God to throw your entire body into Gehenna” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) | |
| 238 | 5:30 | zx8x | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | εἰ ἡ δεξιά σου χεὶρ σκανδαλίζει σε | 1 | Here, the **hand** stands for the actions of the whole person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation “if you do something that causes you to sin” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 239 | 5:30 | qs74 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole | ἔκκοψον αὐτὴν καὶ βάλε ἀπὸ σοῦ | 1 | This is an exaggerated command for a person to do whatever he needs to do to stop sinning. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) | |
| 240 | 5:30 | pdkq | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | ἀπόληται ἓν τῶν μελῶν σου | 1 | See how you translated this word in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 241 | 5:31 | dh23 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | ἐρρέθη | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God also said” or “Moses also said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 242 | 5:32 | j2aq | rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions | πᾶς ὁ ἀπολύων τὴν γυναῖκα αὐτοῦ, παρεκτὸς λόγου πορνείας, ποιεῖ αὐτὴν μοιχευθῆναι | 1 | If it would appear in your language that Matthew was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “a man is only allow to divorce a woman if she has been unfaithful to him with another man. Otherwise, he will cause her to be adulterous” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]]) | |
| 243 | 5:32 | zai7 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | ἀπολελυμένην | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “her after her husband has divorced her” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 244 | 5:33 | fk86 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | ἐρρέθη τοῖς ἀρχαίοις | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God said to those who lived long ago” or “Moses said to your ancestors long ago” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 245 | 5:33 | tk9y | rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast | δὲ | 1 | What follows the word **but** here is in contrast to what came before it. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “but rather,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) | |
| 246 | 5:34 | u7su | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | μήτε ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ, ὅτι θρόνος ἐστὶν τοῦ Θεοῦ | 1 | Here, **heaven** is spoken of as **the throne of God** in a figurative way. Heaven is the place from which God rules. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternative translation: “not by heaven, which is his throne” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 247 | 5:35 | e7z8 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown | ὑποπόδιόν ἐστιν τῶν ποδῶν αὐτοῦ | 1 | Here, **footstool** is used to refer to the earth. If your readers would not know what a footstool is, you can use a general expression. Alternate translation: “it is something on which God can rest his feet” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) | |
| 248 | 5:35 | mvcd | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | ὅτι ὑποπόδιόν ἐστιν τῶν ποδῶν αὐτοῦ | 1 | God does not need **a footstool for his feet**, for he does not have feet. This language is metaphorical, telling the reader that the earth belongs to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternative translation: “no longer belong to Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 249 | 5:36 | l9c8 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you | μήτε ἐν τῇ κεφαλῇ σου ὀμόσῃς, ὅτι οὐ δύνασαι μίαν τρίχα λευκὴν ποιῆσαι ἢ μέλαιναν | 1 | Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should and should not do. All occurrences of the words **you** and **your** are singular, but you may have to translate them as plural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) | |
| 250 | 5:36 | z5vu | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | μήτε ἐν τῇ κεφαλῇ σου ὀμόσῃς | 1 | To **swear by your head** means to swear by your own authority. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternative translation: “Neither should you swear by your own authority” or “Neither should you swear by your own knowledge” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 251 | 5:38 | zar1 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | ὅτι ἐρρέθη | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that God said” or “that Moses said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 252 | 5:38 | w53l | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | ὀφθαλμὸν ἀντὶ ὀφθαλμοῦ καὶ ὀδόντα ἀντὶ ὀδόντος | 1 | This passage is speaking of the punishment for injuring someone’s **eye** or **tooth**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly, as modelled in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 253 | 5:39 | qrx1 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj | τῷ πονηρῷ | 1 | Jesus is using the adjective **evil** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “someone who is evil” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) | |
| 254 | 5:40 | gr2x | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you | σοι & σου & τὸ ἱμάτιον | 1 | Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should and should not do. All occurrences of **you** and **your** are singular. In some languages they may need to be plural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) | |
| 255 | 5:40 | t9f4 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown | τὸν χιτῶνά & ἱμάτιον | 1 | The **coat** was worn close to the body, like a heavy shirt or a sweater. The **cloak**, the more valuable of the two, was worn over the **coat** for warmth and also used as a blanket for warmth at night. If your readers would not be familiar with these, you can explicitly state what these things are. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) | |
| 256 | 5:41 | i867 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | ὅστις | 1 | The context implies that he is speaking about a Roman soldier. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “if a soldier of the Roman army” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 257 | 5:41 | i86s | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | μίλιον ἕν | 1 | Here, **one mile** refers to the Roman mile, which was 1,000 paces. This was the distance a Roman soldier could legally force someone to carry something for him. If **mile** is confusing, it can be translated literally. Alternate translation: “1000 paces” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 258 | 5:41 | zv6i | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis | ὕπαγε μετ’ αὐτοῦ δύο | 1 | Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “go with him two miles” or “go with him 2000 paces” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) | |
| 259 | 5:43 | cyz3 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you | ἠκούσατε & σου & σου | 1 | Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should and should not do. The **You** is plural in **You have heard**. The verb **Love** and both instances of **your** are singular, but in some languages they may need to be plural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) | |
| 260 | 5:43 | fp6x | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | ὅτι ἐρρέθη | 1 | See how you translated this in [5:27](../05/27.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 261 | 5:43 | tqj3 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun | τὸν πλησίον σου | 1 | Here the word **neighbor** does not refer to a specific neighbor, but to any members of one’s community or people group. These are people whom one usually desires to treat kindly or at least believes he ought to treat kindly. Alternate translation: “your countrymen” or “those who belong to your people group” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) | |
| 262 | 5:45 | my3d | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship | γένησθε υἱοὶ τοῦ Πατρὸς ὑμῶν | 1 | We are not God’s physical children but his spiritual children. It is best to translate **sons** with the same word your language would naturally use to refer to human sons or children. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]]) | |
| 263 | 5:45 | jzu9 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples | Πατρὸς ὑμῶν | 1 | **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) | |
| 264 | 5:45 | syjz | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | ἐν οὐρανοῖς | 1 | See how you translated **in the heavens** in [5:12](../05/12.md)(See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 265 | 5:45 | qj7n | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | τὸν ἥλιον αὐτοῦ ἀνατέλλει ἐπὶ πονηροὺς καὶ ἀγαθοὺς, καὶ βρέχει ἐπὶ δικαίους καὶ ἀδίκους | 1 | Here, **he makes his sun to rise** and **he sends rain on** are figurative for sending blessings, as sun and rain help crops to grow. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “God gives blessing to both those who are right with him and those who are not right with him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 266 | 5:46 | se4k | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion | τίνα μισθὸν ἔχετε? | 1 | Jesus uses this question to teach the people that loving those who love them is not something special for which God will reward them. This is because it is easy to love those who love you back. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you will get no reward.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) | |
| 267 | 5:46 | cb77 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion | οὐχὶ καὶ οἱ τελῶναι τὸ αὐτὸ ποιοῦσιν? | 1 | Jesus asks this question to show that even people who are considered to be the most evil do this. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Even the tax collectors do the same thing.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) | |
| 268 | 5:47 | ba6e | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion | τί περισσὸν ποιεῖτε? οὐχὶ καὶ οἱ ἐθνικοὶ τὸ αὐτὸ ποιοῦσιν | 1 | Jesus asks these questions to teach his followers that they are no better than the Gentiles if they do not welcome people who are not like them. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you do not do anything better than those who do not know God. For the Gentiles do this very thing” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) | |
| 269 | 5:48 | l6pa | rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples | Πατὴρ | 1 | **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) | |
| 270 | 6:intro | jrj2 | 0 | # Matthew 6 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nMatthew 6 continues Jesus’ extended teaching known as “The Sermon on the Mount.”\n\nYou may wish to set apart the prayer in 6:9-11 by placing it farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text.\n\nJesus spoke about many different subjects in this sermon, so you may wish to help the reader by putting an empty line into the text whenever Jesus changed the subject.\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### You singular and you plural\n\nIn this chapter, as in the last chapter, Jesus is talking to a large crowd of his followers. Throughout the chapter, Jesus switches between using you in the singular and you in the plural. In both instances he is talking to the same people. When he is using the singular, he is referring to all of the individuals in the crowd, but is still referring to the crowd as a whole. Your language may require you to use a plural here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) | |||
| 271 | 6:1 | zvn1 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you | ὑμῶν & μὴ ποιεῖν & οὐκ ἔχετε & ὑμῶν | 1 | Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should and should not do. All occurrences of **you** and **your** are plural in this chapter unless otherwise noted. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) | |
| 272 | 6:1 | bgc7 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων, πρὸς τὸ θεαθῆναι αὐτοῖς | 1 | It is implied that those who see this person will honor him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “in front of people to be seen by them so they will give you honor for what you have done” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 273 | 6:1 | vvm4 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων, πρὸς τὸ θεαθῆναι αὐτοῖς | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “in front of people just so that they can see you and honor you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 274 | 6:1 | p335 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations | ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων | 1 | Although the term **men** is masculine, Jesus is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. See the note in the introduction. Alternate translation: “before people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) | |
| 275 | 6:1 | juj5 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples | τῷ Πατρὶ | 1 | **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) | |
| 276 | 6:1 | x9wq | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς | 1 | See how you translated this in [5:16](../05/16.md) (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 277 | 6:2 | d8kw | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | μὴ σαλπίσῃς ἔμπροσθέν σου | 1 | Here, **do not sound a trumpet** could mean (1) that they should not blow an actual trumpet when they go to give, or (2) **do not sound your trumpet** is figurative for bringing attention to yourself. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain way. Alternate translation: “do not bring attention to yourself” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 278 | 6:2 | bc9b | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun | οἱ ὑποκριταὶ | 1 | The word **hypocrites** is not referring to a specific person, but to people who put on a false appearance of righteousness. If it would be helpful in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “people who act in a hypocritical way” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) | |
| 279 | 6:2 | dk6u | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | ὅπως δοξασθῶσιν ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “in order that people might honor them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 280 | 6:2 | q6dq | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony | ἀπέχουσιν τὸν μισθὸν αὐτῶν | 1 | Often times, to **have** a **reward** is a positive thing. Here, Jesus means it in a negative way, saying that their reward is not with God. If it would be helpful in your language, consider expressing the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “their reward is not with God in the heavens” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]]) | |
| 281 | 6:3 | z4c1 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular | σοῦ & σου & σου | 1 | All occurrences of **you** and **your** are singular in this verse. You might need to translate these as plural in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) | |
| 282 | 6:3 | vca2 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | μὴ γνώτω ἡ ἀριστερά σου τί ποιεῖ ἡ δεξιά σου | 1 | This phrase is a metaphor for total secrecy. Just as hands usually work together and each can be said to **know** what the other is **doing** at all times, you should not let even those closest to you know when you are giving to the poor. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 283 | 6:5 | m54u | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you | προσεύχῃ & ὑμῖν | 1 | Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should and should not do. The first occurrence of **you** is singular and second is plural. In some languages they both may need to be plural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) | |
| 284 | 6:5 | d6t7 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun | οἱ ὑποκριταί | 1 | See the note in [5:2](../05/02.md) (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) | |
| 285 | 6:5 | rzpj | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | ὅπως φανῶσιν τοῖς ἀνθρώποις | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that people will see them and give them honor” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 286 | 6:5 | ub7u | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations | τοῖς ἀνθρώποις | 1 | See the note in the introduction. Alternate translation: “by people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) | |
| 287 | 6:6 | dqv4 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown | εἴσελθε εἰς τὸ ταμεῖόν σου | 1 | The **inner chamber** was a small, private room where people stored belongings, as well as food for their animals. If it would be helpful in your language, you can state it plainly. Alternate translation: “go into your private storage room” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) | |
| 288 | 6:6 | kkn7 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples | τῷ Πατρί σου | 1 | **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) | |
| 289 | 6:7 | z0v4 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun | οἱ ἐθνικοί | 1 | Jesus is speaking of **Gentiles** in general, and not to any specific gentiles. If it would be helpful in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “Gentile people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) | |
| 290 | 6:7 | a8ai | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | εἰσακουσθήσονται | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “their false gods will hear them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 291 | 6:8 | wdj6 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | μὴ οὖν ὁμοιωθῆτε αὐτοῖς | 1 | When Jesus says to **not be like them**, he means in the way they pray. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Therefore, you should not pray like them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 292 | 6:8 | nv9i | rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples | ὁ Πατὴρ | 1 | **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) | |
| 293 | 6:9 | mq4x | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | ἁγιασθήτω τὸ ὄνομά σου | 1 | Here, **your name** refers to God himself. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “make everyone honor you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 294 | 6:9 | sxsy | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | οὕτως οὖν προσεύχεσθε ὑμεῖς | 1 | Jesus was not saying that this was the only way to pray. He was giving an example of how one should pray. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Therefore, instead of babbling like the Gentiles, you should pray in a way similar to this” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 295 | 6:9 | sc3d | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς | 1 | See how you translated **who is in the heavens** in [5:16](../05/16.md) (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 296 | 6:9 | knx7 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | ἁγιασθήτω τὸ ὄνομά σου | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “make people glorify your name” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 297 | 6:9 | tqm4 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | ἁγιασθήτω τὸ ὄνομά σου | 1 | Here, **your name** refers to God himself. The name of something is very closely associated with the person or being to whom it belongs. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “may people honor you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 298 | 6:10 | n67c | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | ἐλθέτω ἡ βασιλεία σου | 1 | See how your translated **kingdom** in [3:2](../03/02.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 299 | 6:10 | pdc5 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | γενηθήτω τὸ θέλημά σου, ὡς ἐν οὐρανῷ καὶ ἐπὶ γῆς | 1 | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “May everything on earth happen in accordance with your will, just as everything in heaven does” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 300 | 6:11 | dft8 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche | τὸν ἄρτον & τὸν ἐπιούσιον | 1 | Here, **bread** refers to food in general. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “something he said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) | |
| 301 | 6:12 | yi9s | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | τὰ ὀφειλήματα & τοῖς ὀφειλέταις ἡμῶν | 1 | A **debt** is what one person owes another person. A **debtor** is a person who owes a debt to another person. This is a metaphor for those who have sinned against another person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternative translation: “sins … those who sin against us” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 302 | 6:13 | l8u6 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns | μὴ εἰσενέγκῃς ἡμᾶς εἰς πειρασμόν | 1 | If it would be helpful in your language, you can express **temptation** as a verb. Alternate translation: “do not let anything tempt us” or “do not let anything cause us to desire to sin” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) | |
| 303 | 6:13 | r6v6 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns | ἀλλὰ ῥῦσαι ἡμᾶς ἀπὸ τοῦ πονηροῦ | 1 | Here, **evil one** could also mean evil. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of evil, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “protect us from doing evil things” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) | |
| 304 | 6:13 | zfsy | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants | 0 | Most important manuscripts do not include “For yours is the kingdom and the power and the glory forever. Amen.” See the discussion of textual issues in the chapter introduction to decide whether to include this sentence in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) | ||
| 305 | 6:14 | xvfv | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations | τοῖς ἀνθρώποις | 1 | See the note in the introduction. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) | |
| 306 | 6:14 | z79a | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns | τὰ παραπτώματα αὐτῶν | 1 | If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **trespasses**, you can express it as a verb. Alternate translation: “when they trespass against you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) | |
| 307 | 6:14 | v7ne | rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples | ὁ Πατὴρ | 1 | **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) | |
| 308 | 6:15 | pi3z | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns | τὰ παραπτώματα ὑμῶν | 1 | See how you translated trespasses in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) | |
| 309 | 6:15 | lk8a | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations | τοῖς ἀνθρώποις | 1 | See the note in the introduction. Alternate translation: “those people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) | |
| 310 | 6:16 | xv6b | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | ἀφανίζουσιν & τὰ πρόσωπα αὐτῶν | 1 | The hypocrites would not wash **their faces**. They did this purposely to draw attention to themselves so that people would see them and give them honor for fasting. If someone was fasting, it would be obvious from their appearance. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “they make it obvious to others that they are fasting” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 311 | 6:16 | ix6h | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony | ἀπέχουσιν τὸν μισθὸν αὐτῶν | 1 | See how you translated **they have their reward in full** in [6:2](../06/02.md) (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]]) | |
| 312 | 6:17 | c20j | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular | σὺ & σου & σου | 1 | Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should or should not do. All occurrences of **you** and **your** are singular. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) | |
| 313 | 6:17 | k283 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | ἄλειψαί σου τὴν κεφαλὴν καὶ τὸ πρόσωπόν σου νίψαι | 1 | Here, to **anoint** the **head** and to **wash** the **face** is to take normal care of one’s self. Doing this gives the appearance that you are living life as normal. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “make yourself appear as though you were not fasting” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 314 | 6:18 | m56a | rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples | τῷ Πατρί σου | 1 | **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) | |
| 315 | 6:18 | tby8 | ὁ βλέπων ἐν τῷ κρυφαίῳ | 1 | See how you translated this in [6:6](../06/06.md). Alternate translation: “who sees what you do in private” | ||
| 316 | 6:19 | tqc9 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown | σὴς | 1 | A **moth** is a small, flying insect that destroys cloth by eating it. If it would not be known in your language, you can use a general term for moth. Alternate translation: “flying insects that eat your belongings” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) | |
| 317 | 6:19 | z9wd | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown | βρῶσις | 1 | Here, **rust** could also be referring to a bug which eats away at things like food. It is not clear in the original language. If it would be helpful in your language, you can use a general expression. Alternate translation: “bugs which eat away at food” or “things which eat away at your belongings” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) | |
| 318 | 6:19 | enl6 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown | βρῶσις | 1 | Here, **rust** is a term referring to something that deteriorates metal. If this would not be known in your language, you can use a general expression. Alternate translation: “something which destroys metal” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) | |
| 319 | 6:20 | v5tn | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | θησαυρίζετε & ὑμῖν θησαυροὺς ἐν οὐρανῷ | 1 | This is a metaphor that means do good things on earth so God will reward you in **heaven**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternative translation “do good things and obey God, so that he will reward you in heaven” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 320 | 6:21 | y55l | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | ὅπου γάρ ἐστιν ὁ θησαυρός σου | 1 | Here, **treasure** is figurative for the things people value the most in life. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternative translation: “For with what you value most in life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 321 | 6:21 | b74q | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | ἐκεῖ ἔσται καὶ ἡ καρδία σου | 1 | Here, **heart** means a person’s thoughts and interests. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternative translation: “there your desires will also be” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 322 | 6:22 | g215 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular | σου & σου | 1 | Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should or should not do. Both instances of **your** are all singular, but in some languages they may need to be plural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) | |
| 323 | 6:22 | sbl1 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | ὁ λύχνος τοῦ σώματός ἐστιν ὁ ὀφθαλμός | 1 | The eye is a lamp in a figurative sense. The eye not a source of light, but a channel for light. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “Your eye lets light into your body” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 324 | 6:22 | hvrq | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor | ἐὰν οὖν ᾖ ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου ἁπλοῦς, ὅλον τὸ σῶμά σου φωτεινὸν ἔσται | 1 | Jesus is drawing an extended comparison between physical vision and spiritual receptivity. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain the comparison. Alternate translation: “When your eye is healthy, it lets light into your whole body. In the same way, if you are willing to obey God, you will understand and live by his message for every part of your life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]]) | |
| 325 | 6:23 | dl86 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor | ἐὰν δὲ ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου πονηρὸς ᾖ, ὅλον τὸ σῶμά σου σκοτεινὸν ἔσται. εἰ οὖν τὸ φῶς τὸ ἐν σοὶ σκότος, ἐστίν τὸ σκότος πόσον | 1 | Jesus continues to draw an extended comparison between physical vision and spiritual receptivity. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain the comparison. Alternate translation: “But when your eye is unhealthy, it does not let light into any of your body. In the same way, if you are not willing to obey God, you will not understand and live by his message for any part of your life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]]) | |
| 326 | 6:24 | z5ol | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun | οὐδεὶς | 1 | Jesus is speaking of people in general, not of one particular person. If it would be helpful in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “No person” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) | |
| 327 | 6:24 | ijn3 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism | ἢ γὰρ τὸν ἕνα μισήσει καὶ τὸν ἕτερον ἀγαπήσει, ἢ ἑνὸς ἀνθέξεται καὶ τοῦ ἑτέρου καταφρονήσει | 1 | Both of these phrases mean basically the same thing. They emphasize that a person cannot love and be devoted both to God and money at the same time. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “for he will obey one of them and disobey the other” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) | |
| 328 | 6:24 | zt2u | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification | οὐ δύνασθε Θεῷ δουλεύειν καὶ μαμωνᾷ | 1 | Here, **money** is spoken of as though it were a person who someone could serve. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “You are not able to serve God and completely desire riches” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) | |
| 329 | 6:25 | s5uy | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you | ὑμῖν & ὑμῶν & φάγητε & πίητε & ὑμῶν & ἐνδύσησθε | 1 | Here the instances of **you** and **your** are all plural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) | |
| 330 | 6:25 | nt96 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion | οὐχὶ ἡ ψυχὴ πλεῖόν ἐστι τῆς τροφῆς, καὶ τὸ σῶμα τοῦ ἐνδύματος? | 1 | Jesus uses a question to teach the people about what is important in life. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Life is much more than just food, and the body is much more than just what you wear!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) | |
| 331 | 6:26 | a9w6 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples | ὁ Πατὴρ | 1 | **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) | |
| 332 | 6:26 | nbm5 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion | οὐχ ὑμεῖς μᾶλλον διαφέρετε αὐτῶν? | 1 | Jesus uses a question to teach the people about the value of human beings compared to animals. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You are much more valuable than the birds of the sky!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) | |
| 333 | 6:27 | cm6a | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you | ὑμῶν | 1 | Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should or should not do. Here, **you**is plural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) | |
| 334 | 6:27 | fr8g | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | τίς δὲ ἐξ ὑμῶν μεριμνῶν δύναται προσθεῖναι ἐπὶ τὴν ἡλικίαν αὐτοῦ πῆχυν ἕνα? | 1 | Here to **add one cubit to his lifespan** is a metaphor for adding time to how long a person will live. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Who among you is able to add to the length of his life by being anxious” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 335 | 6:27 | ivmg | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion | τίς δὲ ἐξ ὑμῶν μεριμνῶν δύναται προσθεῖναι ἐπὶ τὴν ἡλικίαν αὐτοῦ πῆχυν ἕνα? | 1 | Jesus uses this question to emphasize that they cannot lengthen their lives. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “None of you can, just by worrying, add years to your life.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) | |
| 336 | 6:27 | kub4 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance | πῆχυν ἕνα | 1 | A **cubit** is a measure of a little less than half a meter. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]]) | |
| 337 | 6:28 | erj8 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion | περὶ ἐνδύματος τί μεριμνᾶτε? | 1 | Jesus uses a question to teach the people why they should not be anxious. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you should not be worried about what you will wear.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) | |
| 338 | 6:28 | him2 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification | οὐ κοπιῶσιν οὐδὲ νήθουσιν | 1 | Jesus speaks about the lilies as if they were people who were able to **toil** and **spin cloth**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “They do not work and spin cloth like people do” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) | |
| 339 | 6:28 | t16l | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown | κρίνα | 1 | A lily is a kind of wild flower. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) | |
| 340 | 6:29 | u7fd | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | οὐδὲ Σολομὼν ἐν πάσῃ τῇ δόξῃ αὐτοῦ περιεβάλετο ὡς ἓν τούτων | 1 | The lilies being **clothed** is a metaphor for the plants having beautiful and colorful flowers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “not even Solomon with all of his riches looked as majestic as a lily of the field” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 341 | 6:29 | sqg8 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | περιεβάλετο ὡς ἓν τούτων | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “wore clothes that were as beautiful as these lilies” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 342 | 6:30 | xykl | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | τὸν χόρτον τοῦ ἀγροῦ & οὕτως ἀμφιέννυσιν | 1 | The lilies being clothed is a metaphor for the plants having beautiful and colorful flowers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 343 | 6:30 | uf36 | χόρτον | 1 | If your language has a word that includes **grass** and the word you used for “lilies” in the previous verse, you can use it here. | ||
| 344 | 6:30 | m23l | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | εἰς κλίβανον βαλλόμενον | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone throws it into a fire” or “someone burns it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 345 | 6:30 | ym2c | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis | οὐ πολλῷ μᾶλλον | 1 | The verb “clothe” is implied from the previous sentence. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) | |
| 346 | 6:30 | cd8w | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion | οὐ πολλῷ μᾶλλον ὑμᾶς, ὀλιγόπιστοι? | 1 | Jesus uses this question to teach the people that God will provide what they need. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “he will certainly clothe you even better, you of little faith.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) | |
| 347 | 6:32 | unz1 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples | ὁ Πατὴρ | 1 | **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) | |
| 348 | 6:33 | ep2c | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | ζητεῖτε & πρῶτον τὴν βασιλείαν καὶ τὴν δικαιοσύνην αὐτοῦ | 1 | Here, **kingdom** refers to God’s rule as king. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “Most importantly, be one of God’s people, and do what he desires of you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 349 | 6:33 | ak39 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | ταῦτα πάντα προστεθήσεται ὑμῖν | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will provide all these things for you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 350 | 6:34 | xdg7 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification | ἡ & αὔριον μεριμνήσει ἑαυτῆς | 1 | Jesus speaks of **tomorrow** as if it were a person who could worry. Jesus means that a person will have enough to worry about when the next day comes. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this meaning in plain language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) | |
| 351 | 7:intro | bz7e | 0 | # Matthew 7 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nJesus spoke about many different subjects in this sermon, so you may wish to help the reader by putting an empty line into the text whenever Jesus changed the subject.\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Matthew 5-7\n\nMany people call the words in Matthew 5-7 the Sermon on the Mount. This is one long lesson that Jesus taught. Bibles divide this lesson into three chapters, but this can sometimes confuse the reader. If your translation divides the text into sections, be sure that the reader understands that the whole sermon is one large section.\n\n### “By their fruits you will know them”\n\nFruit is a common image in the Scriptures. It is used to describe the results of either good or bad actions. In this chapter, good fruit is the result of living as God commands. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/other/fruit]])\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### You singular and you plural\n\nIn this chapter, as in the past two chapters, Jesus is talking to a large crowd of his followers. Throughout the chapter, Jesus switches between using you in the singular and you in the plural. In both instances he is talking to the same people. When he is using the singular, he is referring to all of the individuals in the crowd, but is still referring to the crowd as a whole. Your language may require you to use a plural here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) | |||
| 352 | 7:1 | xk6w | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | μὴ κρίνετε | 1 | It is implied here that the word **judge** has a strong negative meaning. Jesus is not saying that judgment is always bad, but that in this case it is negative. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Do not condemn people harshly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 353 | 7:1 | bk8y | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | μὴ κριθῆτε | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will not condemn you harshly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 354 | 7:2 | kj24 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | ἐν ᾧ & κρίματι κρίνετε, κριθήσεσθε | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will judge you with the judgment with which you judge” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 355 | 7:2 | ifm3 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns | ἐν ᾧ γὰρ κρίματι | 1 | If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **judgment**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “In the manner that you judge” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) | |
| 356 | 7:2 | tbi8 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | κρίνετε & μετρεῖτε | 1 | Here, Jesus leaves out that **you judge** and **you measure** is being done to other people. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “by which you judge other people … by which you measure other people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 357 | 7:2 | wmxo | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | καὶ ἐν ᾧ μέτρῳ μετρεῖτε, μετρηθήσεται ὑμῖν | 1 | To **measure** someone is to hold them up to a high standard. Here, Jesus is saying that they are holding others up by too high of a standard. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternative translation: “and with the standard of behavior that you expect of other people, God will expect of you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 358 | 7:2 | c006 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns | ἐν ᾧ μέτρῳ | 1 | If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **measure**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “In the manner that you measure other” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) | |
| 359 | 7:2 | wgh2 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | μετρηθήσεται ὑμῖν | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will measure you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 360 | 7:3 | em5r | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion | τί δὲ βλέπεις τὸ κάρφος τὸ ἐν τῷ ὀφθαλμῷ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ σου, τὴν δὲ ἐν τῷ σῷ ὀφθαλμῷ δοκὸν οὐ κατανοεῖς? | 1 | Jesus uses this question to rebuke the people for concerning themselves about other people’s sins and ignoring their own. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You look at the speck in your brother’s eye, but you do not notice the log that is in your own eye.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) | |
| 361 | 7:3 | hzb4 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular | βλέπεις & σου & τῷ σῷ ὀφθαλμῷ & οὐ κατανοεῖς | 1 | Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should or should not do. All instances of **you** and **your** are all singular. See the note in the introduction. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) | |
| 362 | 7:3 | ctb3 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | τὸ κάρφος τὸ ἐν τῷ ὀφθαλμῷ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ σου | 1 | A **speck of wood** is a tiny piece of wood that might get into someone’s eye. This is a metaphor that refers to the less offensive sins of a fellow believer. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “the lesser sin that is in your fellow believer’s life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 363 | 7:3 | d2qc | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship | τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ σου | 1 | Here and in the next two verses, **brother** refers to other people who were also followers of Jesus. These people are not their biological siblings. If it would be helpful in your language, you can use plain language. Alternate translation: “your fellow follower of Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]]) | |
| 364 | 7:3 | q1z4 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | τὴν & ἐν τῷ σῷ ὀφθαλμῷ δοκὸν | 1 | A **log** is a large piece of wood, usually the remnant of the trunk or branch of a tree. Here, **log** is a metaphor that refers to the most offensive sins of a fellow believer. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “the most offensive sin that is in your own life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 365 | 7:3 | xdcg | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole | τὴν & ἐν τῷ σῷ ὀφθαλμῷ δοκὸν οὐ κατανοεῖς | 1 | A **log** cannot fit into a person’s eye. Jesus is exaggerating to emphasize that a person should pay attention to their own more offensive sins before he deals with another person’s less offensive sins. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that shows this exaggeration. Alternate translation: “you do not see your own very offensive sins” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) | |
| 366 | 7:4 | k58h | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion | ἢ πῶς ἐρεῖς τῷ ἀδελφῷ σου, ἄφες ἐκβάλω τὸ κάρφος ἐκ τοῦ ὀφθαλμοῦ σου, καὶ ἰδοὺ, ἡ δοκὸς ἐν τῷ ὀφθαλμῷ σοῦ? | 1 | Jesus asks this question to challenge the people to pay attention to their own sins before they pay attention to another person’s sins. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You should not say to your brother, ‘Let me take out the speck from your eye,’ while there is log in your own eye.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) | |
| 367 | 7:6 | wohg | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | μὴ δῶτε τὸ ἅγιον τοῖς κυσίν, μηδὲ βάλητε τοὺς μαργαρίτας ὑμῶν ἔμπροσθεν τῶν χοίρων | 1 | Here, to **give the holy** and to **throw your pearls** means to share about God with people. The message about God is seen as very valuable and holy. Also, **dogs** and **pigs** mean people who would reject this message. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Do not share the holy message about God with people who would hurt you, nor should you try to share the valuable message about God with people who do not care to listen to it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 368 | 7:6 | xy2e | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown | τοὺς μαργαρίτας | 1 | Real **pearls** are beautiful and valuable mineral balls that people use as jewelry. They are formed inside the shell of a small shellfish that lives in the ocean. If your readers would not be familiar with pearls, you could express this idea in a more general way. Alternate translation: “decorations made from valuable materials” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) | |
| 369 | 7:7 | ut6i | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism | αἰτεῖτε καὶ δοθήσεται ὑμῖν; ζητεῖτε καὶ εὑρήσετε; κρούετε καὶ ἀνοιγήσεται ὑμῖν | 1 | Here, **Ask**, **Seek**, and **Knock** all have a similar meaning: praying to God. If saying the same thing three times might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “Pray to God for what you need, and he will provide it to you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) | |
| 370 | 7:7 | tv49 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | δοθήσεται ὑμῖν | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will give it to you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 371 | 7:7 | rt8g | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | κρούετε | 1 | To **Knock** on a door is a polite way to request that the person inside the house or room open the door. If knocking on a door is impolite or not done in your culture, use the word that describes how people politely ask people to let you into their house. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Knock on the door” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 372 | 7:9 | mq14 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion | ἢ τίς ἐστιν ἐξ ὑμῶν ἄνθρωπος, ὃν αἰτήσει ὁ υἱὸς αὐτοῦ ἄρτον, μὴ λίθον ἐπιδώσει αὐτῷ? | 1 | Jesus uses a question to teach the people how God gives gifts. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “There is not one person among you of whom his son will ask for bread, and he will give him a stone.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) | |
| 373 | 7:9 | n5s1 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche | ἄρτον | 1 | Here, **bread** refers to food in general. Alternate translation: “some food” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) | |
| 374 | 7:10 | y9q5 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis | ἢ καὶ ἰχθὺν αἰτήσει, μὴ ὄφιν ἐπιδώσει αὐτῷ? | 1 | It is understood that Jesus is still referring to a man and his son. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “Or will a man’s son ask for a fish, and the man will give him a snake” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) | |
| 375 | 7:10 | t19o | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion | ἢ καὶ ἰχθὺν αἰτήσει, μὴ ὄφιν ἐπιδώσει αὐτῷ? | 1 | Jesus asks another question to teach the people about how God gives gifts. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “And there is not one person among you, if his son asks for a fish, will give him a snake.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) | |
| 376 | 7:11 | pk31 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion | πόσῳ μᾶλλον ὁ Πατὴρ ὑμῶν ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς δώσει ἀγαθὰ τοῖς αἰτοῦσιν αὐτόν? | 1 | Jesus uses a question to teach the people about how God gives gifts. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “then your Father in heaven will most certainly give good things to those who ask him.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) | |
| 377 | 7:11 | z8zr | rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples | ὁ Πατὴρ | 1 | **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) | |
| 378 | 7:11 | t3p4 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς | 1 | See how you translated this in [5:16](../05/16.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 379 | 7:12 | b1x2 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | οὗτος γάρ ἐστιν ὁ νόμος καὶ οἱ προφῆται | 1 | Here, **the Law and the Prophets** refer to what Moses and the prophets wrote. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “for this is what Moses and the prophets wrote in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 380 | 7:12 | y4f6 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | οὗτος γάρ ἐστιν ὁ νόμος καὶ οἱ προφῆται | 1 | Here, **for this is the Law and the Prophets** means that the Law and the Prophets teach this same message. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “for the Law and Prophets teach this message” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 381 | 7:13 | dgr2 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | εἰσέλθατε διὰ τῆς στενῆς πύλης; ὅτι πλατεῖα ἡ πύλη καὶ εὐρύχωρος ἡ ὁδὸς ἡ ἀπάγουσα εἰς τὴν ἀπώλειαν, καὶ πολλοί εἰσιν οἱ εἰσερχόμενοι δι’ αὐτῆς | 1 | In this verse, **road** is figurative for the span of a person’s life. The word **gate** is figurative for the time when a person dies and enters into eternity. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation, as in the in UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 382 | 7:13 | zv24 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns | εἰς τὴν ἀπώλειαν | 1 | If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **destruction**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “to God’s judgement” or “to God destroying you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) | |
| 383 | 7:14 | wlr9 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns | εἰς τὴν ζωήν | 1 | If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **life**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “to the place where people live forever” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) | |
| 384 | 7:14 | gdji | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | ὀλίγοι εἰσὶν οἱ εὑρίσκοντες αὐτήν | 1 | Here, to **find it** means to enter into eternal life with God and not be destroyed by him. In the same way that you might find a hidden path, so Jesus is saying that eternal life can be found. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternative translation: “there are few whom God brings into eternal life with himself” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 385 | 7:15 | lj5v | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | οἵτινες ἔρχονται πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἐν ἐνδύμασι προβάτων, ἔσωθεν δέ εἰσιν λύκοι ἅρπαγες | 1 | Here, a **sheep** means someone who is a part of the people of God. Just as in real life, predators try to attack sheep, so people who try to hurt God’s people are called **wolves**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “who come to God’s people to harm them, as a wolf comes to harm sheep” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 386 | 7:16 | pul5 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | ἀπὸ τῶν καρπῶν αὐτῶν ἐπιγνώσεσθε αὐτούς | 1 | Here, **their fruits** is referring to a person’s actions before God. Just as a good tree produces good fruit and a bad tree produces bad fruit, so a person who loves God will obey him and a person who does not love God will not obey him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “Just as you know a tree by the fruit that grows on it, you will know false prophets by the fact that they do not speak the words of God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 387 | 7:16 | nve4 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion | μήτι συλλέγουσιν ἀπὸ ἀκανθῶν σταφυλὰς, ἢ ἀπὸ τριβόλων σῦκα? | 1 | Jesus uses a question to teach the people about false prophets. The people would have known that the answer is no. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “People do not gather grapes from a thornbush or figs from thistles.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) | |
| 388 | 7:17 | f5l3 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | οὕτως πᾶν δένδρον ἀγαθὸν καρποὺς καλοὺς ποιεῖ; τὸ δὲ σαπρὸν δένδρον καρποὺς πονηροὺς ποιεῖ | 1 | Jesus continues to use the metaphor of **fruit** to refer to false prophets who produce evil works. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation “Just as when a good tree bears good fruit and a bad tree bears bad fruit, so those who preach God’s words do good and speak falsely about God’s words do evil” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 389 | 7:19 | xwrm | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | πᾶν δένδρον μὴ ποιοῦν καρπὸν καλὸν ἐκκόπτεται καὶ εἰς πῦρ βάλλεται | 1 | Here, Jesus continues talking about **trees**. He is saying that those who do not preach God’s words will be judged by him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation “And just as every bad tree which does not bear good fruit is cut down and thrown into the fire, so everyone who disobeys God will be judged by him forever” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 390 | 7:19 | g7fs | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | ἐκκόπτεται καὶ εἰς πῦρ βάλλεται | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people cut down and throw into a fire” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 391 | 7:20 | x87m | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | ἀπὸ τῶν καρπῶν αὐτῶν ἐπιγνώσεσθε αὐτούς | 1 | See how you translated this in [7:16](../07/16.md) (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 392 | 7:21 | dkh7 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations | Κύριε, Κύριε | 1 | Here, **Lord, Lord** is an exclamation that shows that these people claim that Jesus is their master. This is what a servant would say to their master. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating this. Alternate translation: “My Lord!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) | |
| 393 | 7:21 | c6yz | rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples | τοῦ Πατρός μου | 1 | **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) | |
| 394 | 7:21 | l1te | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | τοῦ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς | 1 | See how you translated **in the heavens** in [5:16](../05/16.md) (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 395 | 7:22 | mp6e | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ | 1 | Jesus said **that day** knowing his hearers would understand he was referring to the day of judgment. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “on the day when God will judge all people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 396 | 7:22 | m9py | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion | οὐ τῷ σῷ ὀνόματι ἐπροφητεύσαμεν, καὶ τῷ σῷ ὀνόματι δαιμόνια ἐξεβάλομεν, καὶ τῷ σῷ ὀνόματι δυνάμεις πολλὰς ἐποιήσαμεν? | 1 | The people use a question to emphasize that they did many good things for Jesus. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “we prophesied in your name, and in your name cast out demons, and in your name did many mighty deeds.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) | |
| 397 | 7:22 | hg17 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | τῷ σῷ ὀνόματι & τῷ σῷ ὀνόματι & τῷ σῷ ὀνόματι | 1 | Here, to do something **in your name** means to do it by his power and authority. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “by your authority … in your authority … in your authority” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 398 | 7:23 | d4y5 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | οὐδέποτε ἔγνων ὑμᾶς | 1 | **I never knew you** means that the person was never one of God’s people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “You have never been my follower” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 399 | 7:24 | qjh9 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile | ὁμοιωθήσεται ἀνδρὶ φρονίμῳ, ὅστις ᾠκοδόμησεν αὐτοῦ τὴν οἰκίαν ἐπὶ τὴν πέτραν | 1 | Jesus compares those who obey what he says to a person who builds his **house** on a rock, where nothing can harm it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “will be like a wise man who built his house on a firm foundation” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) | |
| 400 | 7:24 | qw6l | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | ὁμοιωθήσεται ἀνδρὶ φρονίμῳ | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “is like a wise man” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 401 | 7:24 | dy1f | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | πέτραν | 1 | Here, **rock** means the bedrock below the topsoil and clay, not a large stone or boulder above the ground. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “solid ground” or “sturdy ground” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 402 | 7:25 | bv81 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | τεθεμελίωτο | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the man had built it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 403 | 7:26 | nw97 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile | ὁμοιωθήσεται ἀνδρὶ μωρῷ, ὅστις ᾠκοδόμησεν αὐτοῦ τὴν οἰκίαν ἐπὶ τὴν ἄμμον | 1 | Jesus uses a simile to compare those who do not obey his words with **foolish** house-builders who pick a bad place to build a house. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “will be like a fool who built his house in a dangerous place where it could be knocked down” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) | |
| 404 | 7:26 | o85y | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | ὁμοιωθήσεται ἀνδρὶ μωρῷ | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people will compare him to a foolish man” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 405 | 7:27 | k4hi | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns | ἦν ἡ πτῶσις αὐτῆς μεγάλη | 1 | If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **destruction**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the waters and the wind destroyed it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) | |
| 406 | 7:28 | jrh7 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory | General Information: | 0 | # General Information:\n\nThis verse describe how the people in the crowds reacted to Jesus’ teaching. This marks the end of the Sermon on the Mount. Use the natural form in your language for expressing the conclusion of a story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]]) | |
| 407 | 7:28 | fo8g | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns | ἐπὶ τῇ διδαχῇ αὐτοῦ | 1 | If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **teaching**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “by the way that he taught them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) | |
| 408 | 8:intro | f33a | 0 | # Matthew 8 General Notes\n\n## Figures of Speech\n\n### Metonymy\n\nMetonymy is used often in this chapter to refer to people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n\n### Rhetorical Questions\n\nJesus uses rhetorical questions in this chapter to ask his listeners questions that will make them think deeply about what he is saying. Often when rhetorical questions are used, Jesus is being emphatic. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])\n\n### Idiom\n\nIdioms are often used in this chapter. These may not be understood by your audience, as they were sayings that only people in that culture would have understood. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |||
| 409 | 8:1 | qb1d | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent | δὲ | 1 | This introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) | |
| 410 | 8:2 | vas8 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants | ἰδοὺ, λεπρὸς προσελθὼν | 1 | This introduces the **leper** as a new character in the story. A leper is a person with a serious, contagious skin disease. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new character. Since he is a new participant, if it would be helpful to your readers, you could use a common way in your language for introducing a new person to a story. Alternate translation: “There was a man who was a leper. Approaching Jesus, he” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) | |
| 411 | 8:2 | yc3f | rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical | ἐὰν θέλῃς, δύνασαί με καθαρίσαι | 1 | The leper is using a hypothetical situation to show that he believes Jesus will heal him. Use the natural form in your language for expressing a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “if you would desire to heal me, you are able to do it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]]) | |
| 412 | 8:2 | yjn2 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | δύνασαί με καθαρίσαι | 1 | Here, to be **clean** means to be healed from the skin disease, which did not allow them to be in the community with the rest of the people. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “you are able to heal me and allow me to be a part of the community again” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 413 | 8:3 | lj1x | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | ἐκαθαρίσθη αὐτοῦ ἡ λέπρα | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Jesus cleansed him of his leprosy” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 414 | 8:4 | zi3a | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | σεαυτὸν, δεῖξον τῷ ἱερεῖ | 1 | Jewish law required that the person **show** his healed skin **to the priest**, who would then allow him or her to return to the community, to be with other people. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “show the priest that you are healed from the disease, so that you can rejoin your community” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 415 | 8:4 | tq9l | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | προσένεγκον τὸ δῶρον ὃ προσέταξεν Μωϋσῆς, εἰς μαρτύριον αὐτοῖς | 1 | The law of **Moses** required that someone healed of leprosy give a thanksgiving offering to the priest. When the priest accepted the gift, people would know that the man had been healed. So that no one else would become infected, lepers were not allowed to come into contact with healthy people. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “offer the gift that Moses commanded in the Law, for a testimony to the priest that you are healed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 416 | 8:4 | rj8u | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns | αὐτοῖς | 1 | Here, **to them** either refers to (1) the priests, or (2) the community in general. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “to the priests” or “to the community” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]]) | |
| 417 | 8:6 | cr8h | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown | παραλυτικός | 1 | Someone who is **paralyzed** is someone who is not able to completely use their body. Sometimes they just can’t use their legs, but sometimes they can’t use anything. If it would be helpful in your language, you can state this explicitly. “not able to use his arms and legs” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) | |
| 418 | 8:8 | p7p4 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | μου ὑπὸ τὴν στέγην | 1 | Here, **under my roof** is figurative for being in a person’s house. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “in my house” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 419 | 8:8 | hig7 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative | εἰπὲ λόγῳ | 1 | Here, **speak** is a polite way of saying that all Jesus has to do is speak a word, and he will heal the servant. Use a form in your language that communicates this. Alternate translation: “say a word” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]]) | |
| 420 | 8:8 | rk1z | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | ἰαθήσεται ὁ παῖς μου | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you will make my servant well” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 421 | 8:9 | ds2m | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | ἐγὼ ἄνθρωπός εἰμι ὑπὸ ἐξουσίαν, τασσόμενος ἔχων ὑπ’ ἐμαυτὸν στρατιώτας | 1 | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “I am a man who is under the authority of someone else, and I myself authority over a group of soldiers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 422 | 8:9 | da25 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | ὑπὸ ἐξουσίαν & ὑπ’ ἐμαυτὸν | 1 | To be **under** someone means to be less important and to obey the commands of someone of a higher status. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “who obeys other people’s commands … who obey me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 423 | 8:9 | qz61 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis | καὶ ἄλλῳ & καὶ τῷ δούλῳ μου | 1 | The centurion is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “and to another I say … and to my servant, I say” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) | |
| 424 | 8:10 | c7y6 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | παρ’ οὐδενὶ τοσαύτην πίστιν ἐν τῷ Ἰσραὴλ εὗρον | 1 | Jesus’ hearers would have thought that the Jews in **Israel**, who claim to be children of God, would have greater **faith** than anyone. Jesus is saying that the centurion’s faith was greater. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “I have found such faith from no one in Israel, among people who should have more faith” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 425 | 8:10 | fjgc | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | ἐν τῷ Ἰσραὴλ | 1 | Here, the name **Israel** is not referring to the country, but to the people who live in Israel. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “among the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 426 | 8:11 | xee4 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you | ὑμῖν | 1 | Here, **you** is plural and refers to “those who were following him” in [8:10](../08/10.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) | |
| 427 | 8:11 | mt2i | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism | ἀπὸ ἀνατολῶν καὶ δυσμῶν | 1 | Using the opposites **east** and **west** is a way of saying “everywhere.” Alternate translation: “from many faraway places” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) | |
| 428 | 8:11 | u4sj | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | ἀνακλιθήσονται | 1 | Jesus speaks of the joy that people will share in God’s kingdom as if they were all enjoying a feast together. Use a term in your language that refers to a celebratory meal. Alternate translation: “will feast together in the kingdom of God” or “will rejoice together in the kingdom of God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 429 | 8:11 | qmc7 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | ἐν τῇ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν | 1 | See how you translated **kingdom of the heavens** in [3:2](../03/02.md) (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 430 | 8:12 | ks3b | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | οἱ & υἱοὶ τῆς βασιλείας ἐκβληθήσονται | 1 | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “God will throw out the sons of the kingdom” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 431 | 8:12 | aug7 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | οἱ δὲ υἱοὶ τῆς βασιλείας | 1 | The phrase **sons of** is figurative, referring to the Jews of the kingdom of Judea. This is saying that they are of Jewish descent. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “But those who do not believe in me from the Jewish people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 432 | 8:12 | pf26 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony | οἱ δὲ υἱοὶ τῆς βασιλείας ἐκβληθήσονται | 1 | In their culture, **the sons of the kingdom** would usually inherit the kingdom and not be thrown out. Jesus is speaking in this way to show how disobedient the Jewish people were being. If it would be helpful in your language, consider expressing the meaning plainly. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]]) | |
| 433 | 8:12 | liu4 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | εἰς τὸ σκότος τὸ ἐξώτερον | 1 | Here, **outer darkness** is a metonym for the place where God sends those who reject them. This is a place where God punishes people forever. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 434 | 8:12 | gww4 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction | ὁ κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων | 1 | Here, **grinding of the teeth** is a symbolic act, representing extreme pain and suffering. If there is a gesture with similar meaning in your culture, you could consider using it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “weeping and extreme suffering” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) | |
| 435 | 8:13 | ki92 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | γενηθήτω σοι | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so I will do it for you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 436 | 8:13 | sdn6 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | ἰάθη ὁ παῖς | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Jesus healed the servant” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 437 | 8:14 | ynh8 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown | πυρέσσουσαν | 1 | A **fever** is a symptom of an illness in which the temperature of the body temporarily increases. This results in the need to lie down in bed and rest as Peter’s mother-in-law was doing. If your reader would not be familiar with this, you could use a general expression. Alternate Translation: “being feverish from illness” or “being ill with an elevated temperature” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) | |
| 438 | 8:15 | w7nh | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification | ἀφῆκεν αὐτὴν ὁ πυρετός | 1 | The **fever** is spoken of as if it, like a person, **left**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “Jesus healed her of her fever” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) | |
| 439 | 8:16 | pwr4 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | δαιμονιζομένους πολλούς | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “many of those who demons have possessed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 440 | 8:16 | f1cv | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | ἐξέβαλεν τὰ πνεύματα λόγῳ | 1 | Here, **word** means a command that Jesus gave. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “he commanded the spirits to leave” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 441 | 8:17 | r3dc | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | πληρωθῇ τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ Ἠσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Jesus fulfilled the prophecy that the prophet Isaiah spoke” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 442 | 8:17 | x9vs | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations | λέγοντος | 1 | Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and this is what he said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) | |
| 443 | 8:17 | eyu9 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism | αὐτὸς τὰς ἀσθενείας ἡμῶν ἔλαβεν καὶ τὰς νόσους ἐβάστασεν | 1 | Matthew is quoting the prophet Isaiah. **He himself took our weaknesses** and **bore {our} diseases** mean basically the same thing and emphasize that he healed all of **our diseases**. If it would be clearer for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “He took away our sicknesses” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) | |
| 444 | 8:18 | a2pn | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis | ἐκέλευσεν ἀπελθεῖν εἰς τὸ πέραν | 1 | Matthew is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “Jesus told his disciples to sail to the other side of the Sea of Galilee” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) | |
| 445 | 8:20 | pqp6 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs | αἱ ἀλώπεκες φωλεοὺς ἔχουσιν καὶ τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ κατασκηνώσεις, ὁ δὲ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου οὐκ ἔχει ποῦ τὴν κεφαλὴν κλίνῃ | 1 | Jesus answers the scribe with this proverb. The proverb means even wild animals have somewhere to rest. You can translate the proverb itself in a way that will be recognized as a proverb and be meaningful in your language and culture. Alternate translation: “Even animals have a place to sleep, but the Son of Man does not have a place to sleep” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]]) | |
| 446 | 8:20 | ub5o | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | αἱ ἀλώπεκες φωλεοὺς ἔχουσιν καὶ τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ κατασκηνώσεις | 1 | Jesus assumes that his hearers know what **foxes** are and what they use the **holes** for. **Foxes** are animals like wild dogs. They eat nesting birds and other small animals. If foxes are unknown in your area, use a general term for wild dog-like creatures that burrow in the ground. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “Foxes have their holes in the ground to sleep in, and flying birds have their nests to sleep in” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 447 | 8:20 | qqvq | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis | τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ κατασκηνώσεις | 1 | Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “birds who fly in the sky have nests” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) | |
| 448 | 8:20 | qvm5 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person | ὁ & Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου | 2 | Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you can express this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) | |
| 449 | 8:20 | yl4s | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | οὐκ ἔχει ποῦ τὴν κεφαλὴν κλίνῃ | 1 | Here, **lay his head** refers to a place to sleep. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “has no place of his own to sleep” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 450 | 8:22 | h7fb | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | ἄφες τοὺς νεκροὺς θάψαι τοὺς ἑαυτῶν νεκρούς | 1 | Jesus does not mean literally that **dead** people will bury other dead people. Here, **the dead** is referring to those who are spiritually **dead**, meaning they do not love God, and are not following Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation, as expressed in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 451 | 8:24 | m6w8 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | ὥστε τὸ πλοῖον καλύπτεσθαι ὑπὸ τῶν κυμάτων | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that the waves were filling the boat” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 452 | 8:25 | b2wh | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive | Κύριε, σῶσον, ἀπολλύμεθα! | 1 | Here, **we** is referring to both Jesus and the disciples. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) | |
| 453 | 8:26 | g8p7 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion | τί δειλοί ἐστε, ὀλιγόπιστοι | 1 | Jesus asks this question in order to teach the disciples why they should not be afraid. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “There is nothing for you to be afraid of, you who have little faith!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) | |
| 454 | 8:26 | r5ve | ὀλιγόπιστοι | 1 | Jesus addresses his disciples this way because their anxiety about the storm shows they have little faith in him to control it. See how you translated this in [6:30](../06/30.md). | ||
| 455 | 8:27 | u2qh | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion | ποταπός ἐστιν οὗτος, ὅτι καὶ οἱ ἄνεμοι καὶ ἡ θάλασσα αὐτῷ ὑπακούουσιν? | 1 | This question shows that the disciples were surprised. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “This man is unlike any man we have ever seen! Even the wind and the waves obey him!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) | |
| 456 | 8:27 | k5mk | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification | καὶ οἱ ἄνεμοι καὶ ἡ θάλασσα αὐτῷ ὑπακούουσιν | 1 | Here, **wind** and **waves** are described as if they are able to **obey** Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “he even controls the wind and the waves” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) | |
| 457 | 8:28 | yzi6 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | τὴν χώραν τῶν Γαδαρηνῶν | 1 | The **Gadarenes** were named after the town of Gadara. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) | |
| 458 | 8:28 | hz5n | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | δύο δαιμονιζόμενοι | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “two men … whom demons were controlling” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 459 | 8:29 | gr2p | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion | τί ἡμῖν καὶ σοί, Υἱὲ τοῦ Θεοῦ? | 1 | The unclean spirit asks this question out of fear. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Leave me alone, Jesus, Son of the Most High God! There is no reason for you to interfere with me.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) | |
| 460 | 8:29 | jcq6 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples | Υἱὲ τοῦ Θεοῦ | 1 | **Son of God** is an important title for Jesus, which describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) | |
| 461 | 8:29 | u4jr | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion | ἦλθες ὧδε πρὸ καιροῦ βασανίσαι ἡμᾶς | 1 | Again, the demons pose a question out of fear. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You have surely come here to punish us before the time when God will judge us!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) | |
| 462 | 8:29 | uw6c | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | ἦλθες ὧδε πρὸ καιροῦ βασανίσαι ἡμᾶς | 1 | Here, **the set time** is referring to the time when God will judge all of the evil spirits and people. Matthew’s readers would have understood this. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Have you come here early, before the time when God is planning to judge us?” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 463 | 8:30 | v91c | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background | δὲ | 1 | **Now** is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew tells background information about a herd of pigs that had been there before Jesus arrived. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) | |
| 464 | 8:31 | tf32 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | εἰ ἐκβάλλεις ἡμᾶς | 1 | It is implied that the demons knew that Jesus was going to **cast** them **out**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Because you are going to cast us out” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 465 | 8:31 | cgf7 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive | ἡμᾶς | 1 | Here, **us** is exclusive, referring only to the demons. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) | |
| 466 | 8:33 | ev2w | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | τὰ τῶν δαιμονιζομένων | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “what Jesus did to help the men whom demons were controlling” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 467 | 8:34 | j6sp | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | πᾶσα ἡ πόλις | 1 | The word **city** is a metonym for the people of the city. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “all the people who lived in the city” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 468 | 8:34 | xb5x | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole | πᾶσα ἡ πόλις | 1 | The word **whole** is an exaggeration to emphasize how very many people came out to see Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that shows this. Alternate translation: “many of the people in the city” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) | |
| 469 | 9:intro | tg41 | 0 | # Matthew 9 General Notes\n\n## Structure\n\n## Formatting\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n## Figures of Speech\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter | |||
| 470 | 9:1 | lje9 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | διεπέρασεν | 1 | Here, Matthew does not specify that Jesus **crossed over** the Sea of Galilee. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he crossed over the Sea of Galilee” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 471 | 9:2 | szd4 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown | παραλυτικὸν | 1 | See how you translated **paralytic** in [4:24](../04/24.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) | |
| 472 | 9:2 | iys2 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | ἀφίενταί σου αἱ ἁμαρτίαι | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I have forgiven your sins” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 473 | 9:4 | u643 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | ἰδὼν & τὰς ἐνθυμήσεις αὐτῶν | 1 | This phrase implies that Jesus had supernatural knowledge. It indicates that Jesus knew what the scribes were saying even though he did not hear what they said. If it would be helpful to your readers, your could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “even though no one told Jesus, he knew” or “even though Jesus had not heard them, he was fully aware”(See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 474 | 9:4 | n4yl | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion | ἵνα τί ἐνθυμεῖσθε πονηρὰ ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν? | 1 | Jesus used this question to rebuke the scribes. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You should not be thinking this evil in your hearts!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) | |
| 475 | 9:4 | d499 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν | 1 | Here, **hearts** refers to their minds or their thoughts. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “in your minds” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 476 | 9:5 | j716 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion | τί γάρ ἐστιν εὐκοπώτερον εἰπεῖν, ἀφέωνται σου αἱ ἁμαρτίαι, ἢ εἰπεῖν, ἔγειρε καὶ περιπάτει? | 1 | Jesus uses this question to make the scribes think about what might prove whether or not he could really forgive **sins**. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you think that it is certainly easier to say ‘your sins are forgiven’ than to say ‘get up and walk’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) | |
| 477 | 9:5 | mk14 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations | τί & ἐστιν εὐκοπώτερον εἰπεῖν, ἀφέωνται σου αἱ ἁμαρτίαι, ἢ εἰπεῖν, ἔγειρε καὶ περιπάτει? | 1 | The quotes can be translated as indirect quotes. Alternate translation: “you think that it is easier to tell someone that his sins are forgiven than to tell him to get up and walk” or (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) | |
| 478 | 9:5 | x05v | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | ἀφέωνται σου αἱ ἁμαρτίαι | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I have forgiven your sins” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 479 | 9:6 | n5sf | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you | εἰδῆτε & σου & σου | 1 | Here, the **you** is plural and is addressed to the scribes, but both instances of **your** are singular and addressed to the paralytic. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) | |
| 480 | 9:6 | td1z | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person | ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου | 1 | Here Jesus refers to himself as **the Son of Man** in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you can make it first person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) | |
| 481 | 9:6 | k6rw | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns | ἐξουσίαν | 1 | If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **authority**, you could express the same idea in another way, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) | |
| 482 | 9:8 | x71s | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns | ἐξουσίαν | 1 | See how you translated this in [9:6](../09/06.md) (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) | |
| 483 | 9:10 | f9lh | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | ἁμαρτωλοὶ | 1 | Here, **sinners** refers to people who did not obey the law of Moses but committed what others thought were very bad sins. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “people who committed many sins” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 484 | 9:11 | z4h5 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion | διὰ τί μετὰ τῶν τελωνῶν καὶ ἁμαρτωλῶν ἐσθίει ὁ διδάσκαλος ὑμῶν? | 1 | The Pharisees use this question to criticize what Jesus is doing. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Your teacher should not eat with tax collectors and sinners!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) | |
| 485 | 9:12 | m7fm | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | ὁ δὲ ἀκούσας | 1 | Here, **this** refers to the question the Pharisees asked about Jesus eating with tax collectors and sinners. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “When Jesus heard the Pharisees ask this question” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 486 | 9:12 | tl42 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs | οὐ χρείαν ἔχουσιν οἱ ἰσχύοντες ἰατροῦ, ἀλλὰ οἱ κακῶς ἔχοντες | 1 | Jesus begins his response by quoting or creating a proverb, a short saying about something that is generally true in life. This proverb draws a figurative comparison. Just as sick people need to see a doctor to be healed, so sinners need to see Jesus in order to be forgiven and restored. But since Jesus explains the comparison in the next verse, you do not need to explain it here. Rather, you can translate the proverb itself in a way that will be meaningful in your language and culture. Alternate translation: “People who are well do not need to see a doctor, but people who are unwell do” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]]) | |
| 487 | 9:12 | uhc5 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony | οἱ ἰσχύοντες | 1 | Those who **have sickness** are equated with those who are wanting to be saved by Jesus. The **healthy** are equated with those who do not think they need Jesus. Jesus does not actually think those who do not want him are spiritually sound, but rather, that they are needy. He says this because those people think they are healthy in their own eyes and do not need Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, consider expressing the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Those who suppose themselves to be healthy do not need a doctor. It is those who know that they are sick who need a doctor”. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]]) | |
| 488 | 9:12 | n33c | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis | οἱ κακῶς ἔχοντες | 1 | The phrase “need a physician” is understood from the previous phrase. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “people who are sick need a physician” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) | |
| 489 | 9:13 | a886 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis | ἀλλὰ ἁμαρτωλούς | 1 | The words **I did not come to call** are understood from the phrase before this. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “but I came to call sinners” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) | |
| 490 | 9:14 | k8vc | rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential | τότε | 1 | The word **Then** indicates that the events the story will now relate came after the event it has just described. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “After Jesus said this,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]]) | |
| 491 | 9:14 | vhnd | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants | οἱ μαθηταὶ Ἰωάννου | 1 | Here, **John** is referring to John the Baptizer. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that this is referring to John the Baptizer. Alternate translation: “the disciples of John the Baptizer” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) | |
| 492 | 9:15 | r8if | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion | μὴ δύνανται οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ νυμφῶνος πενθεῖν, ἐφ’ ὅσον μετ’ αὐτῶν ἐστιν ὁ νυμφίος? | 1 | Jesus uses a question to answer John’s disciples. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “The sons of the bridal chamber are certainly not able to mourn while the bridegroom is still with them.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) | |
| 493 | 9:15 | xnp8 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs | μὴ δύνανται οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ νυμφῶνος πενθεῖν, ἐφ’ ὅσον μετ’ αὐτῶν ἐστιν ὁ νυμφίος? | 1 | Jesus uses this proverb to show that his disciples do not **mourn** because he **is still** there **with them**. In this proverb, Jesus is the **bridegroom**, and his disciples are the **sons of the bridal chamber**. You can translate the proverb itself in a way that it will be recognized as a proverb and be meaningful in your language and culture. If it would be helpful in your language, you can state it explicitly. Alternate translation: “Just as the sons of the bridal chamber are not able to mourn while the bridegroom is still with them, so my disciples are not able to fast while I am still with them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]]) | |
| 494 | 9:15 | iz9s | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification | ἐλεύσονται δὲ ἡμέραι ὅταν | 1 | Here, **the day** is said to be **coming** like a person might come. This is figurative, meaning that the event will happen. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “But it will happen that when” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) | |
| 495 | 9:15 | p6hz | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | ἀπαρθῇ ἀπ’ αὐτῶν ὁ νυμφίος | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the bridegroom will leave them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 496 | 9:16 | j9fx | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs | οὐδεὶς δὲ ἐπιβάλλει ἐπίβλημα ῥάκους ἀγνάφου ἐπὶ ἱματίῳ παλαιῷ; αἴρει γὰρ τὸ πλήρωμα αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ τοῦ ἱματίου, καὶ χεῖρον σχίσμα γίνεται | 1 | This verse is a proverb which has a similar meaning to the previous verse. Jesus is talking about how the disciples should not use old ways of worship when he is present with them. Translate the proverb itself in a way that will be recognized as a proverb and be meaningful in your language and culture. Alternate translation: “Just as you shouldn’t use a new patch on an old piece of cloth, so you should not use old methods of worship like fasting when I am present” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]]) | |
| 497 | 9:16 | yf98 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | οὐδεὶς δὲ ἐπιβάλλει ἐπίβλημα ῥάκους ἀγνάφου ἐπὶ ἱματίῳ παλαιῷ | 1 | When a piece of clothing gets a hole in it, another piece of cloth, a patch, is sewn onto the clothing to cover the hole. If this patch has not yet been washed, it will shrink and tear the piece of clothing, making the hole worse than it was to begin with. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Now, no one sews a new patch of cloth, one that has not yet shrunken from being washed, on an old garment that has shrunk already” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 498 | 9:17 | s13y | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs | οὐδὲ βάλλουσιν οἶνον νέον εἰς ἀσκοὺς παλαιούς; εἰ δὲ μή γε, ῥήγνυνται οἱ ἀσκοί, καὶ ὁ οἶνος ἐκχεῖται καὶ οἱ ἀσκοὶ ἀπόλλυνται. ἀλλὰ βάλλουσιν οἶνον νέον εἰς ἀσκοὺς καινούς, καὶ ἀμφότεροι συντηροῦνται | 1 | This verse is a proverb with a message similar to that of the previous verse. Jesus is saying that just as someone would not put new wine, which will expand, in an old wine skin, which cannot expand, so the disciples should not fast while Jesus is with them. You can translate the proverb itself in a way that will be recognized as a proverb and be meaningful in your language and culture. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]]) | |
| 499 | 9:17 | plli | rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases | οὐδὲ | 1 | Here, **Neither** is a word which shows that the meaning of this verse is similar to the meaning of the previous verse. Use an word in your language that expresses this. Alternate translation: “Similarly, nor” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) | |
| 500 | 9:17 | pyk4 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun | οὐδὲ βάλλουσιν & βάλλουσιν | 1 | Jesus is speaking of people in general and not a specific person. If it would be helpful in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “People do not pour … people pour” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) | |
| 501 | 9:17 | hv8f | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | ὁ οἶνος ἐκχεῖται καὶ οἱ ἀσκοὶ ἀπόλλυνται | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which will spill out all the wine, and the wineskins are ruined” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 502 | 9:17 | l68m | rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast | ἀλλὰ | 1 | What follows the word **Instead** here is in contrast to what comes before it, showing what people do and do not do with wine and wineskins. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “Rather than doing this” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) | |
| 503 | 9:17 | i8v4 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | ἀμφότεροι συντηροῦνται | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “this will keep safe both the wineskins and the wine” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 504 | 9:18 | a7ax | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent | ταῦτα αὐτοῦ λαλοῦντος αὐτοῖς | 1 | # Connecting Statement:\n\nHere, **While he is saying these things to them** marks the introduction of a new event. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “It happened that as Jesus was speaking with the scribes” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) | |
| 505 | 9:18 | a4s2 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants | ἄρχων εἷς | 1 | This introduces the **official** as a new character in the story. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new character. Since he is a new participant, if it would be helpful to your readers, you could call him something like “a man who was a ruler in a nearby town” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) | |
| 506 | 9:18 | n1i6 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction | προσεκύνει αὐτῷ | 1 | This is a way someone would show respect to someone in higher authority. If there is a gesture with similar meaning in your culture, you could consider using it here in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) | |
| 507 | 9:20 | gv15 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism | αἱμορροοῦσα | 1 | The woman did not have an open wound. Rather, her monthly flow of blood would not stop. Your language may have a polite way to refer to this condition. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) | |
| 508 | 9:20 | m9zq | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo | ἥψατο τοῦ κρασπέδου τοῦ ἱματίου αὐτοῦ | 1 | Matthew does not explain why she **touched the edge of his garment**. Since the expression is explained in the next verse, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) | |
| 509 | 9:21 | eb6t | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background | ἔλεγεν γὰρ ἐν ἑαυτῇ, ἐὰν μόνον ἅψωμαι τοῦ ἱματίου αὐτοῦ, σωθήσομαι. | 1 | This verse tells us why she touched Jesus’ garment. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “She did this because she was thinking to herself, ‘If I just touch his garments, then he will heal me’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) | |
| 510 | 9:21 | ukb8 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | σωθήσομαι | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he will make me well” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 511 | 9:22 | x398 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship | θύγατερ | 1 | Jesus was using this term to refer to the woman as a believer. She was not actually his daughter. Make sure this is understood by your readers. Alternate translation: “Beloved woman” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]]) | |
| 512 | 9:22 | q6ca | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification | ἡ πίστις σου σέσωκέν σε | 1 | Here, **faith** is spoken of as having **healed** a person. This is figurative, meaning that because she believed that Jesus was able to heal her, he did heal her. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “because you believed I have healed you, I have healed you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) | |
| 513 | 9:22 | zv2n | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | ἐσώθη ἡ γυνὴ ἀπὸ τῆς ὥρας ἐκείνης | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Jesus healed the woman at that moment” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 514 | 9:23 | jae1 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction | ἰδὼν τοὺς αὐλητὰς καὶ τὸν ὄχλον θορυβούμενον | 1 | There were **flute players** at the house because it was customary in that culture to play the flute in a time of mourning. If you think your readers might not understand the significance of these actions, you could explain generally what the people were doing. Or you could describe the actions and say why the people were doing them. Alternate translation: “having seen the flute players and the upset crowd performing their mourning rituals” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) | |
| 515 | 9:24 | pc1m | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism | οὐ & ἀπέθανεν τὸ κοράσιον, ἀλλὰ καθεύδει | 1 | Jesus is using a play on words. It was common in Jesus’ day to refer to a dead person as one who **sleeps**. But here the **girl** who **died** will get up, as though she had only been sleeping. If it would be helpful in your language, use a different polite way of referring to death or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “the girl is only temporarily dead, as if she were sleeping” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) | |
| 516 | 9:25 | nqs6 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | ὅτε δὲ ἐξεβλήθη ὁ ὄχλος | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “But after Jesus had sent the crowd outside” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 517 | 9:25 | r7zs | rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential | ὅτε δὲ ἐξεβλήθη ὁ ὄχλος | 1 | Here, **when** is showing that Jesus did not enter the house until after he made the family leave. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “After Jesus made the family go out of the house” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]]) | |
| 518 | 9:25 | mm3q | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | ἠγέρθη τὸ κοράσιον | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Jesus raised the girl from the dead” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 519 | 9:26 | rxs4 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification | καὶ ἐξῆλθεν ἡ φήμη αὕτη εἰς ὅλην τὴν γῆν ἐκείνην | 1 | It is said that **this report went out** as a person might go out from a place. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “People reported to the whole region what Jesus had done” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) | |
| 520 | 9:26 | pfq3 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche | εἰς ὅλην τὴν γῆν ἐκείνην | 1 | Jesus refers to the **region** to mean the people who live in that region. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “to many of the people in that region” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) | |
| 521 | 9:27 | d8bu | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | ἐλέησον ἡμᾶς | 1 | Here, **Have mercy** means that they want Jesus to heal them from their blindness. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Heal us from our blindness” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 522 | 9:27 | dh5d | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship | Υἱὲ Δαυείδ | 1 | Jesus was not David’s literal **Son**, but his descendant. The title **Son of David** is also an important messianic title. Make sure this is clear to your readers. Alternate translation: “Descendant of King David, the Messiah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]]) | |
| 523 | 9:28 | e81f | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis | ναί, Κύριε | 1 | The two blind men are leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “Yes, Lord, we believe you can heal us” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) | |
| 524 | 9:29 | w92e | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | κατὰ τὴν πίστιν ὑμῶν γενηθήτω ὑμῖν | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I will heal you, since you have believed in me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 525 | 9:30 | uk2a | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | ἠνεῴχθησαν αὐτῶν οἱ ὀφθαλμοί | 1 | Here, **their eyes were opened** is an idiom that means they were able to see. Their eyes were already physically open. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “their sight was restored” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 526 | 9:30 | qa39 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | ἠνεῴχθησαν αὐτῶν οἱ ὀφθαλμοί | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Jesus restored their sight” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 527 | 9:30 | t6p8 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | ὁρᾶτε μηδεὶς γινωσκέτω | 1 | Here, **See** is figurative, meaning to be sure to do something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “Be sure no one finds out about this” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 528 | 9:32 | sh32 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown | ἄνθρωπον κωφὸν | 1 | A person who is **mute** is someone who is not able to speak. Use an expression from your language that describes someone who is unable to talk. Alternate translation: “a person who was unable to say anything” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) | |
| 529 | 9:32 | n6fs | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | ἄνθρωπον κωφὸν δαιμονιζόμενον | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “a man who had a demon that controlled him and made him mute” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 530 | 9:33 | y4l5 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | οὐδέποτε ἐφάνη οὕτως | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “No one has ever seen anything such as this” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 531 | 9:34 | z2r7 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | ἐν τῷ ἄρχοντι τῶν δαιμονίων | 1 | Here, **the ruler of the demons** would have been understood by Jesus’ audience as being Satan. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “By Satan, who rules the demons” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 532 | 9:35 | x9ck | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole | τὰς πόλεις πάσας | 1 | The word **all** is an exaggeration to emphasize how many **cities** Jesus went to. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language. Alternate translation: “many of the cities” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) | |
| 533 | 9:35 | uz5e | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns | κηρύσσων τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τῆς βασιλείας | 1 | Here the abstract noun **kingdom** refers to God’s rule as king. See how you translated this in [4:23](../04/23.md). Alternate translation: “preaching the good news that God will make them one of his people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) | |
| 534 | 9:35 | e7at | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys | πᾶσαν νόσον καὶ πᾶσαν μαλακίαν | 1 | This phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase that does not use “and.” Alternate translation: “many different kinds of illnesses” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]]) | |
| 535 | 9:36 | t47i | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile | ὡσεὶ πρόβατα μὴ ἔχοντα ποιμένα | 1 | Jesus compares the people to sheep who do not have a shepherd to lead them and take care of them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “acting as though they did not have someone to lead them and take care of them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) | |
| 536 | 9:37 | al89 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture | λέγει | 1 | To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “he said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])” | |
| 537 | 9:37 | mur4 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs | ὁ μὲν θερισμὸς πολύς, οἱ δὲ ἐργάται ὀλίγοι | 1 | Jesus uses a proverb to respond to what he is seeing. Jesus means there are a lot of people who are ready to believe God but only a few people to teach them God’s truth. You can translate the proverb itself in a way that will be recognized as a proverb and be meaningful in your language and culture.(See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]]) | |
| 538 | 9:37 | kxap | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown | ἐργάται | 1 | Here, **laborers** is a word that refers to people who work in a field to bring in the crop. Use a term in your language for this. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) | |
| 539 | 9:38 | vz8y | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession | δεήθητε & τοῦ Κυρίου τοῦ θερισμοῦ | 1 | Here, **of** means that the harvest belongs to the Lord, and that he has control over it. If this is not clear in your language, you could state this in a clearer way. Alternate translation: “beg the Lord, who is in charge of the harvest” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) | |
| 540 | 9:38 | s7ir | ἐργάτας | 1 | See how you translated **laborers** in the previous verse. | ||
| 541 | 10:intro | m5iu | 0 | # Matthew 10 General Notes\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### The sending of the 12 disciples\n\nMany verses in this chapter describe how Jesus sent the 12 disciples out. He sent them to tell his message about the kingdom of heaven. They were to tell his message only in Israel and not to share it with the Gentiles.\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### The 12 disciples\n\nThe following are the lists of the 12 disciples:\n\nIn Matthew:\n\nSimon (Peter), Andrew, James son of Zebedee, John son of Zebedee, Philip, Bartholomew, Thomas, Matthew, James son of Alphaeus, Thaddaeus, Simon the Zealot and Judas Iscariot.\n\nIn Mark:\n\nSimon (Peter), Andrew, James the son of Zebedee and John the son of Zebedee (to whom he gave the name Boanerges, that is, sons of thunder), Philip, Bartholomew, Matthew, Thomas, James the son of Alphaeus, Thaddaeus, Simon the Zealot, and Judas Iscariot.\n\nIn Luke:\n\nSimon (Peter), Andrew, James, John, Philip, Bartholomew, Matthew, Thomas, James the son of Alphaeus, Simon (who was called the Zealot), Judas the son of James, and Judas Iscariot.\n\nThaddaeus is probably the same person as Jude, the son of James.\n\n### “The kingdom of heaven has come near”\n\nNo one knows for sure whether the “kingdom of heaven” was present or still coming when John spoke these words. English translations often use the phrase “at hand,” but these words can be difficult to translate. Other versions use the phrases “is coming near” and “has come near.” | |||
| 542 | 10:1 | nhp2 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent | καὶ | 1 | # Connecting Statement:\n\nThis verse begins the account of Jesus sending his disciples out to share his message with the people in the surrounding towns. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) | |
| 543 | 10:1 | x1er | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns | ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς ἐξουσίαν | 1 | If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **authority**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “he authorized them to have power” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) | |
| 544 | 10:2 | t59v | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background | δὲ | 1 | **Now** is used to add needed background information about the 12 apostles. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) | |
| 545 | 10:2 | sc7b | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal | πρῶτος | 1 | Here, **first** means first in order, not in rank. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a way in your language for marking the first thing in a list. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) | |
| 546 | 10:4 | n4st | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown | Σίμων ὁ Καναναῖος | 1 | The word **Zealot** refers to members of a group of people who were desiring to see the Jewish people freed from the rule of the Roman Empire. This likely means that **Simon** was a part of this group. If it would be helpful in your language, you can state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Simon, who was a part of the group called the Zealots” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) | |
| 547 | 10:4 | kmp2 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background | ὁ καὶ παραδοὺς αὐτόν | 1 | Matthew writes **having even betrayed him** to give some extra information to the readers about what Judas did to Jesus later. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “the one who led the people to Jesus to arrest and kill him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]]) | |
| 548 | 10:5 | sn9v | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-events | τούτους τοὺς δώδεκα ἀπέστειλεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς παραγγείλας αὐτοῖς λέγων | 1 | Although this verse begins by saying that Jesus sent out the Twelve, he gives these instructions before sending them out. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the order of events clear. Alternate translation: “Before Jesus sent the Twelve out, he instructed them, saying” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-events]]) | |
| 549 | 10:5 | c46d | τούτους τοὺς δώδεκα ἀπέστειλεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς | 1 | See how you translated this in [10:2](../010/02.md) | ||
| 550 | 10:5 | yix4 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | ἀπέστειλεν | 1 | Jesus **sent** them **out** to teach people his message. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “sent out to teach people his message” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 551 | 10:6 | oxi3 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast | δὲ | 1 | What follows the word **But** here is in contrast to what came before it. Jesus prefers the disciples to go to the people of Israel instead of to the non-Jewish people. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “But rather,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) | |
| 552 | 10:6 | q1pb | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | τὰ πρόβατα τὰ ἀπολωλότα οἴκου Ἰσραήλ | 1 | This is a metaphor comparing the people of the nation of Israel who are not obeying God to **lost sheep** who have strayed from their shepherd. If your readers would not understand what **sheep** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “those of the people of Israel who have strayed from God like lost sheep” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 553 | 10:6 | b6i2 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | οἴκου Ἰσραήλ | 1 | The **house of Israel** refers to the people who came from the family line of Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “of the people of Israel” or “of the descendants of Israel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 554 | 10:7 | w59i | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | ἤγγικεν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν | 1 | See how you translated this in [3:2](../03/02.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 555 | 10:8 | bb4d | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | νεκροὺς ἐγείρετε | 1 | Here, **raise the dead** is an idiom meaning to bring people who are dead back to life. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “cause the dead to live again” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 556 | 10:8 | ilj9 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | δωρεὰν ἐλάβετε, δωρεὰν δότε | 1 | Jesus did not state what the disciples had **received** or were to **give**. Some languages may require this information in the sentence. This is referring to the abilities which Jesus gave to the disciples in [4:2](../04/02.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “I have given these abilities to you without cost, so you should use them to help others without cost” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 557 | 10:9 | b4m7 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown | μὴ κτήσησθε χρυσὸν, μηδὲ ἄργυρον, μηδὲ χαλκὸν εἰς τὰς ζώνας ὑμῶν | 1 | Their **belts** were a long strip of cloth or leather worn around the waist. They were often wide enough that they could be folded and used to carry money. If your readers would not use a belt for this purpose, you can express this with the word for whatever you use to carry money. Alternate translation: “Do not carry money with you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) | |
| 558 | 10:9 | a4xx | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | χρυσὸν, μηδὲ ἄργυρον, μηδὲ χαλκὸν | 1 | **gold**, **silver** and **copper** are metals out of which coins were made. This list is a metonym for money. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “valuable metals” or “money” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 559 | 10:10 | kia9 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown | πήραν | 1 | A **bag** is a flexible container in which a person can carry their belongings. If your language does not have a word for this, you can use something in your culture that you put things in to carry them. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) | |
| 560 | 10:10 | i2ex | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown | δύο χιτῶνας | 1 | Use the plural of the word you used for **tunic** in [5:40](../05/40.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) | |
| 561 | 10:10 | m97h | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs | ἄξιος γὰρ ὁ ἐργάτης τῆς τροφῆς αὐτοῦ | 1 | The proverb **for the laborer {is} worthy of his food** is giving the reason why Jesus’ disciples should not bring anything with them. Jesus is saying that God will provide each disciple, the **laborer**, with what he needs. You can translate the proverb itself in a way that it will be recognized as a proverb and be meaningful in your language and culture. Alternate translation: “for God will provide the laborer with what he needs to live” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]]) | |
| 562 | 10:11 | a41d | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | κἀκεῖ μείνατε ἕως ἂν ἐξέλθητε | 1 | In this sentence, **there** means the **worthy** person’s house. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and stay at that person’s house until you leave” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 563 | 10:12 | n6cm | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | εἰσερχόμενοι δὲ εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν, ἀσπάσασθε αὐτήν | 1 | The word **it** refers to the **house**. Here, **house** represents the people who live in the house. So Matthew is saying to greet the people in the house. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “As you enter the house, greet the people who live in it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 564 | 10:13 | kc9m | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | μὲν ᾖ ἡ οἰκία ἀξία & μὴ ᾖ ἀξία | 1 | Here, **the house** represents those who live in the house. A **worthy** person is a person who is willing to welcome the disciples into their house. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the people who live in that house receive you well … the people who live in that house do not receive you well” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 565 | 10:14 | wpjk | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction | ἐκτινάξατε τὸν κονιορτὸν τῶν ποδῶν ὑμῶν | 1 | The phrase **shake off the dust from your feet** was an expression of strong rejection in this culture. It showed that someone did not want even the dust of a town to remain on them. If there is a similar expression or gesture in your culture, you could consider using it here in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) | |
| 566 | 10:15 | sg3c | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | γῇ Σοδόμων καὶ Γομόρρων | 1 | Here, **the land of Sodom and Gomorrah** refers to the people who lived in **Sodom and Gomorrah**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “for the people who lived in the cities of Sodom and Gomorrah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 567 | 10:15 | p8t4 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | γῇ Σοδόμων καὶ Γομόρρων | 1 | Jesus would have expected his hearers to know that Sodom and Gomorrah were cities filled with many wicked people and that God would judge these people harshly. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly, as modelled in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 568 | 10:15 | zmm2 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | τῇ πόλει ἐκείνῃ | 1 | Here, **that city** is referring to the city which does not accept Jesus’ disciples. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “for the city that does not receive you and listen to your words” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 569 | 10:16 | b262 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile | ὡς πρόβατα ἐν μέσῳ λύκων | 1 | Sheep are defenseless animals that **wolves** often attack. Jesus is stating that people who are as dangerous as **wolves** may harm the disciples, who are defenseless like **sheep**. Jesus is not using the same sheep metaphor as he used in [10:6](../10/06.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “as defenseless as sheep among people who are like dangerous wolves” or “to dangerous places where people might attack you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) | |
| 570 | 10:16 | s21a | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile | γίνεσθε & φρόνιμοι ὡς οἱ ὄφεις καὶ ἀκέραιοι ὡς αἱ περιστεραί | 1 | Jesus is telling the disciples they must be cautious like **serpents** and **harmless** like **doves** around the dangerous the people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “act with wisdom and caution as well as with innocence” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) | |
| 571 | 10:17 | fct4 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown | συνέδρια | 1 | The **councils** were groups of leaders who helped solve issues among people in their community. They acted like a court. If your readers would not be familiar with this, you could use a term in your language for something like this, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “members of their community who are in authority” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) | |
| 572 | 10:18 | pe3d | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | καὶ & ἀχθήσεσθε | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Matthew implies that “the men” mentioned in the previous verse did it. Alternate translation: “the men will even bring you” or “people will even bring you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 573 | 10:18 | p74k | rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result | καὶ ἐπὶ ἡγεμόνας δὲ καὶ βασιλεῖς ἀχθήσεσθε ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ | 1 | If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the first phrase. Alternate translation: “because you are my disciples, they will bring you before rulers and kings” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) | |
| 574 | 10:19 | e5t6 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns | ὅταν δὲ παραδῶσιν ὑμᾶς | 1 | The pronoun **they** refers to the same people as in [10:17](../10/17.md). It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “But when people take you to the councils” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) | |
| 575 | 10:19 | ien3 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys | πῶς ἢ τί λαλήσητε | 1 | This phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **or**. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase that does not use **or**. Alternate translation: “what you might say” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]]) | |
| 576 | 10:19 | l7rb | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | δοθήσεται γὰρ ὑμῖν ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ὥρᾳ τί λαλήσητε | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “for God will give to you what you should say in that hour” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 577 | 10:19 | gosj | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | δοθήσεται & ὑμῖν | 1 | Here, **will be given to you** is figurative for God telling the disciples what to say in this situation. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “God will tell you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 578 | 10:19 | cm7h | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ὥρᾳ | 1 | Here, **in that hour** means “at that time”. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “when you need it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 579 | 10:20 | vjlm | rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast | ἀλλὰ | 1 | What follows the word **but** here is in contrast to what was before it. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “but rather” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) | |
| 580 | 10:20 | v9tm | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | τὸ Πνεῦμα τοῦ Πατρὸς ὑμῶν | 1 | Here, **the Spirit of your Father** is referring to the Holy Spirit and not a spirit of an earthly father. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit, who is of your Heavenly Father” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 581 | 10:20 | k3xr | rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples | τοῦ Πατρὸς ὑμῶν | 1 | **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) | |
| 582 | 10:20 | zxd8 | ἐν ὑμῖν | 1 | Alternate translation: “through you” | ||
| 583 | 10:21 | lh6z | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns | παραδώσει & ἀδελφὸς ἀδελφὸν εἰς θάνατον | 1 | If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **death**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “aman will have his brother killed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) | |
| 584 | 10:21 | p8w9 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis | πατὴρ τέκνον | 1 | Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “a father will have his child killed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) | |
| 585 | 10:21 | j5jl | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | ἐπαναστήσονται τέκνα | 1 | Here, **to rise up against** is an idiom meaning to rebel against an authority. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “children will rebel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 586 | 10:22 | sp6p | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | ἔσεσθε μισούμενοι ὑπὸ πάντων | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “many people will hate you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 587 | 10:22 | c7jk | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole | πάντων | 1 | Here, **everyone** is figurative for many people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that expresses this. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) | |
| 588 | 10:22 | n3xn | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | διὰ τὸ ὄνομά μου | 1 | Here, **name** refers to Jesus himself. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “because of me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 589 | 10:22 | k5w9 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun | ὁ & ὑπομείνας | 1 | Jesus is speaking of people in general, not of one particular person. If it would be helpful in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “if a person remains” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) | |
| 590 | 10:22 | qn7j | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | οὗτος σωθήσεται | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will save him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 591 | 10:23 | m42z | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun | ἐν τῇ πόλει ταύτῃ | 1 | Here, **this** does not refer to a specific **city**, but cities in general. If it would be helpful in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “in a city” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) | |
| 592 | 10:23 | jjd4 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis | φεύγετε εἰς τὴν ἑτέραν | 1 | Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “flee to the next city” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) | |
| 593 | 10:23 | dk4u | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person | ἔλθῃ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου | 1 | Here, Jesus is referring to himself when he says **Son of Man**. If it would be helpful in your language, you can clarify. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man, come” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) | |
| 594 | 10:23 | tm8z | rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples | ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου | 1 | **Son of Man** is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) | |
| 595 | 10:24 | p8mr | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs | οὐκ ἔστιν μαθητὴς ὑπὲρ τὸν διδάσκαλον, οὐδὲ δοῦλος ὑπὲρ τὸν κύριον αὐτοῦ | 1 | Jesus is using a proverb to teach his disciples a general truth. Jesus is emphasizing that the disciples should not expect people to treat them any better than the people treat Jesus, who is more important than they are. You can translate the proverb itself in a way that will be recognized as a proverb and be meaningful in your language and culture.(See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]]) | |
| 596 | 10:24 | syb2 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis | οὐδὲ δοῦλος ὑπὲρ τὸν κύριον αὐτοῦ | 1 | Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “nor is a slave above his master” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) | |
| 597 | 10:25 | e6z3 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis | ὁ δοῦλος ὡς ὁ κύριος αὐτοῦ | 1 | Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “it is enough for a slave to be like his master” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) | |
| 598 | 10:25 | pu5y | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | εἰ τὸν οἰκοδεσπότην Βεελζεβοὺλ ἐπεκάλεσαν | 1 | Jesus refers to himself as **the master of the house**. This is figurative, meaning that he is the most important person among the group of himself and disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternative translation: “If they call me, who is like the master of the house, Beelzebul” or “If they call me, who is more important, Beelzebul” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 599 | 10:25 | y5md | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate | Βεελζεβοὺλ | 1 | The name **Beelzebul** could be translated: (1) as “Beelzebul” or (2) with its original, intended meaning of “Satan”. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]]) | |
| 600 | 10:25 | r5ll | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | τοὺς οἰκιακοὺς αὐτοῦ | 1 | Here, **the members of his household** is referring to Jesus’ disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternative translation: “Jesus’ disciples, who are like the members of his house” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 601 | 10:26 | x4o8 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism | οὐδὲν & ἐστιν κεκαλυμμένον ὃ οὐκ ἀποκαλυφθήσεται, καὶ κρυπτὸν ὃ οὐ γνωσθήσεται | 1 | Here, **there is nothing concealed that will not be revealed** means the same thing as **hidden, that will not be made known**. If it would be helpful in your language, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “there is nothing hidden that will not be revealed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) | |
| 602 | 10:26 | cnzb | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs | οὐδὲν γάρ ἐστιν κεκαλυμμένον ὃ οὐκ ἀποκαλυφθήσεται, καὶ κρυπτὸν ὃ οὐ γνωσθήσεται | 1 | Here, Jesus uses a proverb to teach his disciples. Jesus is explaining that all of the evil, which people have done in secret, God will reveal when he judges people. You can translate the proverb itself in a way that will be recognized as a proverb and be meaningful in your language and culture. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]]) | |
| 603 | 10:26 | xqs4 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives | οὐδὲν & ἐστιν κεκαλυμμένον ὃ οὐκ ἀποκαλυφθήσεται | 1 | If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “everything which is hidden will be revealed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) | |
| 604 | 10:26 | j86e | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | οὐδὲν & ἐστιν κεκαλυμμένον ὃ οὐκ ἀποκαλυφθήσεται, καὶ κρυπτὸν ὃ οὐ γνωσθήσεται | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will reveal everything that is concealed and will make known to other people everything which is hidden” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 605 | 10:27 | fa1s | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism | ὃ λέγω ὑμῖν ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ, εἴπατε ἐν τῷ φωτί; καὶ ὃ εἰς τὸ οὖς ἀκούετε, κηρύξατε ἐπὶ τῶν δωμάτων | 1 | Both of these statements mean the same thing. Jesus is emphasizing that the disciples should tell everyone what he tells the disciples in private. Alternate translation: “Tell everyone in public what I tell you privately” or “What I tell you privately, tell everyone in public” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) | |
| 606 | 10:27 | kw75 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | ὃ λέγω ὑμῖν ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ, εἴπατε ἐν τῷ φωτί | 1 | Here, **darkness** is a metonym for “private,” and **daylight** is a metonym for “public.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “What I tell you privately, say in public” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 607 | 10:27 | fc49 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | ὃ εἰς τὸ οὖς ἀκούετε | 1 | Here, **what you hear in {your} ear** is a way of referring to whispering. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “what I whisper to you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 608 | 10:27 | v1b7 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | κηρύξατε ἐπὶ τῶν δωμάτων | 1 | Here, **housetops** refers to any high place where all people can hear a person speaking. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “speak loudly in a public place where many people can hear you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 609 | 10:28 | pk7k | rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast | δὲ | 2 | Matthew contrasts fear of people with with fear of God by using the phrase **But instead**. People are only able to kill our physical bodies, but God is ** the one being able** to destroy both our physical bodies and our spiritual souls. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “But rather” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) | |
| 610 | 10:28 | w5rq | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | Γεέννῃ | 1 | Jesus uses the name of **Gehenna**, where refuse was thrown and fires burned continually, to mean hell. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternative translation: “Hell” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 611 | 10:28 | x3y1 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | Γεέννῃ | 1 | Gehenna is the name for a place, the Valley of Hinnom, just outside of Jerusalem. This was a place where people were constantly burning trash. Jesus draws the imagery of hell from this place. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) | |
| 612 | 10:29 | tm3s | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs | οὐχὶ δύο στρουθία ἀσσαρίου πωλεῖται? καὶ ἓν ἐξ αὐτῶν οὐ πεσεῖται ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν, ἄνευ τοῦ Πατρὸς ὑμῶν | 1 | Jesus uses this proverb to express that even though sparrows are worth very little money, God still watches over them because he created them. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]]) | |
| 613 | 10:29 | glbl | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion | οὐχὶ δύο στρουθία ἀσσαρίου πωλεῖται? | 1 | Jesus uses this question to teach his disciples about how much God cares about them. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Sparrows have so little value that you can buy two of them for only one small coin.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) | |
| 614 | 10:29 | q22l | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown | στρουθία | 1 | These **sparrows** are very small, seed-eating birds. Alternate translation: “small birds” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) | |
| 615 | 10:29 | i399 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown | ἀσσαρίου | 1 | An **assarion** refers to a copper coin worth about one-sixteenth of a day’s wage for a laborer. You may translate this as the least valuable coin available in your country. Alternate translation: “very little money” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) | |
| 616 | 10:29 | zayd | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | οὐχὶ δύο στρουθία ἀσσαρίου πωλεῖται | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Do people not sell two sparrows for an assarion” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 617 | 10:29 | wxt4 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives | ἓν ἐξ αὐτῶν οὐ πεσεῖται ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν, ἄνευ τοῦ Πατρὸς ὑμῶν | 1 | If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “your Father knows when even one sparrow falls to the ground” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) | |
| 618 | 10:29 | id3c | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism | πεσεῖται ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν | 1 | Here, **will fall to the ground** is a polite way of referring to the sparrow dying. If it would be helpful in your language, use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “will die” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) | |
| 619 | 10:29 | us0e | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | ἄνευ τοῦ Πατρὸς ὑμῶν | 1 | When Jesus says **apart from your Father**, he means apart from the will of your Father. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “apart from the will of your Father” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 620 | 10:29 | fe8z | rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples | τοῦ Πατρὸς ὑμῶν | 1 | **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) | |
| 621 | 10:30 | cih3 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | ὑμῶν & καὶ αἱ τρίχες τῆς κεφαλῆς πᾶσαι ἠριθμημέναι εἰσίν | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God even knows how many hairs are on your head” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 622 | 10:32 | n1nb | rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples | τοῦ Πατρός μου | 1 | **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) | |
| 623 | 10:32 | lo11 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations | ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων | 1 | Although the term **men** is masculine, Jesus is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) | |
| 624 | 10:32 | b8cl | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | ἐν οὐρανοῖς | 1 | See how you translated **in the heavens** in [5:16](../05/16.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 625 | 10:33 | d15s | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations | ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων | 1 | See how you translated **before men** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) | |
| 626 | 10:33 | p2wm | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | ἐν οὐρανοῖς | 1 | See how you translated this in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 627 | 10:34 | l5ad | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν | 1 | Here, **upon the earth** refers to the people who live on **the earth**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “to the people of the earth” or “among people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 628 | 10:34 | uaap | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis | ἀλλὰ μάχαιραν | 1 | Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “but I have come to bring a sword” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) | |
| 629 | 10:34 | jq6d | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | μάχαιραν | 1 | Here the use of the word **sword** means division and fighting. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “division among people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 630 | 10:35 | xx5m | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis | καὶ θυγατέρα κατὰ τῆς μητρὸς αὐτῆς, καὶ νύμφην κατὰ τῆς πενθερᾶς αὐτῆς | 1 | Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “and to set a daughter against her mother, and to set a daughter-in-law against her mother-in-law” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) | |
| 631 | 10:37 | fb3p | οὐκ ἔστιν μου ἄξιος & οὐκ ἔστιν μου ἄξιος | 1 | See how you translated **worthy** in [10:10](../10/10.md). | ||
| 632 | 10:38 | ye95 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | οὐ λαμβάνει τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ καὶ ἀκολουθεῖ ὀπίσω μου | 1 | Here, **take up his cross** means to be willing to face persecution because you serve Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “does not suffer because they belong to me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 633 | 10:38 | ai2r | οὐκ ἔστιν μου ἄξιος | 1 | See how you translated **worthy** in the previous verse. | ||
| 634 | 10:39 | u4jh | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs | ὁ εὑρὼν τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ἀπολέσει αὐτήν; καὶ ὁ ἀπολέσας τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ εὑρήσει αὐτήν | 1 | Jesus uses a proverb to teach his disciples about following him. Since Jesus does not explain its meaning, you can translate the proverb itself in a way that will be recognized as a proverb and be meaningful in your language and culture. Alternate translation: “The one who clings to what an earthly life has to offer will lose it, and whoever is willing to give up everything for me will gain eternal life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]]) | |
| 635 | 10:39 | jwf2 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | ὁ εὑρὼν & εὑρήσει | 1 | Here, **found** and **find** are figurative for obtaining something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternative translation: “The one who retains … will gain” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 636 | 10:39 | pbf3 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | ἀπολέσει αὐτήν | 1 | Here, Jesus is saying that a person who tries to protect his physical life from people who would punish him for belonging to Jesus will not have eternal life with God. And a person who accepts suffering here on earth because he belongs to Jesus will receive God’s reward of eternal life. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 637 | 10:40 | c77e | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | ὁ δεχόμενος ὑμᾶς ἐμὲ δέχεται | 1 | Jesus says that people **receive me** when they receive the disciples because Jesus is always with his disciples, and so it is like they receive him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “The one who receives you, my disciples, it will be like he also receives me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 638 | 10:40 | y9ck | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | ὁ ἐμὲ δεχόμενος δέχεται τὸν ἀποστείλαντά με | 1 | Here, **the one receiving me receives the one who sent me** means that for the one who **receives** Jesus, it is the same as **receiving** God the Father, who sent Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternative translation: “the one who receives me, he also receives my Father who sent me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 639 | 10:41 | f9pv | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs | ὁ δεχόμενος προφήτην εἰς ὄνομα προφήτου, μισθὸν προφήτου λήμψεται; καὶ ὁ δεχόμενος δίκαιον εἰς ὄνομα δικαίου, μισθὸν δικαίου λήμψεται | 1 | Jesus tells this proverb to show how important it is for people to receive his disciples. You can translate the proverb itself in a way that will be recognized as a proverb and be meaningful in your language and culture. Alternate translation: “A person who welcome one of God’s prophets, God will reward him in the same way that he rewards the prophets. And a person who welcome someone who obeys God, God will reward him like that person” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]]) | |
| 640 | 10:41 | yj1q | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | ὁ δεχόμενος προφήτην εἰς ὄνομα προφήτου, μισθὸν προφήτου λήμψεται; καὶ ὁ δεχόμενος δίκαιον εἰς ὄνομα δικαίου, μισθὸν δικαίου λήμψεται | 1 | This **reward** being referred to is to live with God forever. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “To the one who receives the prophet, God will give him the reward of living with him forever, as he gives to the prophets. And to the one who receives the person who obeys God, God will give to him the reward of living with him forever, which he gives to those who obey him.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 641 | 10:42 | v6jg | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun | ὃς ἐὰν ποτίσῃ | 1 | Jesus is speaking of people in general, not of one particular person. If it would be helpful in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “if a person gives … to drink” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) | |
| 642 | 10:42 | z8tk | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | ἕνα τῶν μικρῶν τούτων | 1 | The phrase **these little ones** refers to Jesus’ disciples. If your readers would not understand what **little ones** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternative translation: “one of my disciples, who are like my children,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 643 | 10:42 | d61l | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | τὸν μισθὸν αὐτοῦ | 1 | See the note on **reward** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 644 | 11:intro | puf4 | 0 | # Matthew 11 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nSome translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted material in 11:10.\n\nSome scholars believe that [Matthew 11:20](../mat/11/20.md) begins a new stage in the ministry of Christ because of Israel’s rejection of him.\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Hidden revelation\n\nAfter [Matthew 11:20](../mat/11/20.md), Jesus begins to reveal information about himself and about the plans of God the Father, while hiding this information from those who reject him ([Matthew 11:25](../mat/11/25.md)).\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### “The kingdom of heaven is near”\n\nNo one knows for sure whether the “kingdom of heaven” was present or still coming when John spoke these words. English translations often use The phrase **at hand**, but these words can be difficult to translate. Other versions use the phrases “is coming near” and “has come near.” | |||
| 645 | 11:1 | z2y7 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent | καὶ ἐγένετο | 1 | # General Information:\n\n**And it happened** is the beginning of a new part of the story where Matthew tells of how Jesus responded to disciples of John the Baptist. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) | |
| 646 | 11:1 | dr3u | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet | τοῦ διδάσκειν καὶ κηρύσσειν | 1 | Here, the phrases **to teach** and **to preach** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that Jesus was teaching the people there. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “to proclaim many things” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) | |
| 647 | 11:2 | f3j7 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo | ὁ & Ἰωάννης, ἀκούσας ἐν τῷ δεσμωτηρίῳ | 1 | Matthew had not yet told his audience why **John** was **in prison**. Since Matthew explains the story of how John was put in prison in [14:4-5](../14/4.md), you do not need to explain to your reader here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) | |
| 648 | 11:3 | w2im | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | ὁ ἐρχόμενος | 1 | Here, **the one coming** is referring to the prophet whom God promised to send. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the one whom God promised to send” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 649 | 11:3 | q89t | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis | ἢ ἕτερον προσδοκῶμεν | 1 | John’s disciples are leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “or should we expect someone else to come after you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) | |
| 650 | 11:3 | hrk5 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive | ἕτερον προσδοκῶμεν | 1 | Here, the word **we** is referring to either (1) John’s disciples or (2) the Jewish people in general. It is not including Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) | |
| 651 | 11:5 | dyxy | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litany | τυφλοὶ ἀναβλέπουσιν, καὶ χωλοὶ περιπατοῦσιν, λεπροὶ καθαρίζονται, καὶ κωφοὶ ἀκούουσιν, καὶ νεκροὶ ἐγείρονται, καὶ πτωχοὶ εὐαγγελίζονται | 1 | Here, Jesus lists all of the things which he has done to the people during his ministry. Use a form in your language that someone would use to list things that they have done. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litany]]) | |
| 652 | 11:5 | tjuc | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj | τυφλοὶ & χωλοὶ & λεπροὶ & κωφοὶ & νεκροὶ & πτωχοὶ | 1 | Jesus is using the adjectives **blind**, **lame**, **lepers**, **deaf**, **dead**, and **poor** as nouns in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) | |
| 653 | 11:5 | sd6c | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | λεπροὶ καθαρίζονται | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I am making lepers clean” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 654 | 11:5 | v274 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | νεκροὶ ἐγείρονται | 1 | Here, the word **raised** is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “I am causing people to become alive again” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 655 | 11:5 | k796 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | νεκροὶ ἐγείρονται | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that he did it. Alternate translation: “I am raising dead people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 656 | 11:5 | g3k4 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | πτωχοὶ εὐαγγελίζονται | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that he did it. Alternate translation: “I am telling the poor good news” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 657 | 11:7 | d4lo | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | τούτων δὲ πορευομένων | 1 | Here, the word **these** refers to John’s disciples. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “As John’s disciples left” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 658 | 11:7 | ysq6 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion | τί ἐξήλθατε εἰς τὴν ἔρημον θεάσασθαι? κάλαμον ὑπὸ ἀνέμου σαλευόμενον? | 1 | Jesus uses a question to cause the people to think about what kind of person John the Baptist is. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Surely you did not go out to the wilderness to see a reed being shaken by the wind!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) | |
| 659 | 11:7 | ydn2 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | κάλαμον ὑπὸ ἀνέμου σαλευόμενον | 1 | Here, the phrase **reed being shaken by the wind** is referring to a person who is easily affected by the people around them as a reed is affected by the wind. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a simile, as in the UST. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “a man who is easily affected by other people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 660 | 11:7 | w269 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | κάλαμον ὑπὸ ἀνέμου σαλευόμενον | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “a reed shaking in the wind” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 661 | 11:8 | n5hx | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion | ἀλλὰ τί ἐξήλθατε ἰδεῖν? ἄνθρωπον ἐν μαλακοῖς ἠμφιεσμένον? | 1 | Jesus uses these questions to cause the people to think about what kind of person John the Baptist is. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Likewise, surely you did not go out to see a man clothed in expensive clothing” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) | |
| 662 | 11:8 | y24r | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis | ἀλλὰ τί ἐξήλθατε ἰδεῖν | 1 | Here, Jesus leaves out the word “desert” from the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply this word from the context. Alternate translation: “But what did you go out to the desert to see” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) | |
| 663 | 11:9 | gm97 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion | ἀλλὰ τί ἐξήλθατε? προφήτην ἰδεῖν | 1 | Jesus uses a question to make the people think about what kind of man John the Baptist is. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “But surely you went out to the desert to see a prophet!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) | |
| 664 | 11:9 | fb75 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis | περισσότερον προφήτου | 1 | Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “you went out to see someone much more important than a prophet” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) | |
| 665 | 11:10 | de17 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | οὗτός ἐστιν περὶ οὗ γέγραπται | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “This is the one about whom the prophets wrote” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 666 | 11:10 | fi5e | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | πρὸ προσώπου σου | 1 | Here, the phrase **before your face** is an idiom which means that “the messenger” was sent first, and then the second person came after them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could clarify. Alternate translation: “first” or “before you”. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 667 | 11:10 | kva7 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | κατασκευάσει τὴν ὁδόν σου ἔμπροσθέν σου | 1 | That the messenger will **prepare your way** represents preparing the people for the Lord’s arrival. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “who will prepare the people for your arrival” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 668 | 11:11 | z5yq | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | ἐν γεννητοῖς γυναικῶν | 1 | The phrase those **born of women** is an idiom that refers to all people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “of all the people who have ever lived,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 669 | 11:11 | r9ws | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | ἐν γεννητοῖς γυναικῶν | 1 | If you would like to retain the idiom but your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “among those whom women have borne” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 670 | 11:11 | c093 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes | οὐκ ἐγήγερται ἐν γεννητοῖς γυναικῶν μείζων Ἰωάννου τοῦ Βαπτιστοῦ | 1 | Jesus uses a negative figure of speech to express how great John the Baptist is. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “among those who have been born to a mother, John the Baptist is the greatest that has arisen” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) | |
| 671 | 11:11 | cag4 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | ὁ & μικρότερος ἐν τῇ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν, μείζων αὐτοῦ ἐστιν | 1 | See how you translated **kingdom of the heavens** in [3:2](../03/02.md) Alternate translation: “but those who are the least important among the people whom God rules over are greater than he” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 672 | 11:12 | mb4v | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | ἀπὸ δὲ τῶν ἡμερῶν Ἰωάννου τοῦ Βαπτιστοῦ | 1 | The word **days** is an idiom referring to a specific time period. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “from the time of John the Baptist’s preaching” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 673 | 11:12 | inr2 | ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν βιάζεται, καὶ βιασταὶ ἁρπάζουσιν αὐτήν | 1 | This verse is difficult to understand, and many scholars disagree on its meaning. The different options are: (1) that it refers to people attacking God’s kingdom and the people who are his. Alternate translation: “The kingdom of the heavens is attacked violently, and many violent people try to conquer it” or (2) it may be understood instead as referring to God’s kingdom triumphing in the world. Alternate translation: “The kingdom of the heavens triumphs forcefully, and powerful men have control over it”. | ||
| 674 | 11:13 | g1i6 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | πάντες & οἱ προφῆται καὶ ὁ νόμος ἕως Ἰωάννου ἐπροφήτευσαν | 1 | Here, **the Prophets and the Law** refer to the things that the prophets and Moses wrote in the Scriptures. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “these are the things that the prophets and Moses have prophesied through the Scriptures until the time of John the Baptist” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 675 | 11:14 | yg2f | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you | εἰ θέλετε | 1 | Here, **you** is plural and refers to the crowd. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) | |
| 676 | 11:14 | rdsw | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis | καὶ εἰ θέλετε δέξασθαι, αὐτός ἐστιν Ἠλείας, ὁ μέλλων ἔρχεσθαι | 1 | Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words in order to make the meaning clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to receive it, then you would understand that he is Elijah, who is about to come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) | |
| 677 | 11:15 | z97x | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | ὁ ἔχων ὦτα ἀκούειν, ἀκουέτω | 1 | The phrase **having ears** here is a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “Whoever is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 678 | 11:15 | w4cc | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person | ὁ ἔχων ὦτα ἀκούειν, ἀκουέτω | 1 | Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, listen” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) | |
| 679 | 11:16 | mp8g | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion | τίνι δὲ ὁμοιώσω τὴν γενεὰν ταύτην? | 1 | Jesus uses a question to introduce a comparison between the people to whom he was speaking and children who are in the marketplace. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “But I will tell you what this generation is like.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) | |
| 680 | 11:16 | yat1 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche | τὴν γενεὰν ταύτην | 1 | The phrase **this generation** is likely referring to: (1) the crowd around him. Alternate translation: “you in this crowd” (2) the religious leaders of Israel. Alternate translation: or “the rebellious group of religious leaders” (3) the group of Israelites in general who have rejected Jesus and John. Alternate translation: or “Israel” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) | |
| 681 | 11:16 | l7km | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown | ταῖς ἀγοραῖς | 1 | A **marketplace** is a large, open-air area where people buy and sell items such as food and clothing. Use a term in your language that expresses this meaning. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) | |
| 682 | 11:17 | ai4e | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables | λέγουσιν, ηὐλήσαμεν ὑμῖν καὶ οὐκ ὠρχήσασθε; ἐθρηνήσαμεν καὶ οὐκ ἐκόψασθε | 1 | Jesus continues the parable from the previous verse, describing the people to whom he referred as “this generation.” They are like a group of children who will not listen to another group of children. The ones who played the flute and mourned are referring to Jesus and John the Baptist. The group who did not dance and did not mourn are Jesus' audience. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly, in a way that is meaningful in your language, or as demonstrated in the UST (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]]) | |
| 683 | 11:17 | d916 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns | ηὐλήσαμεν ὑμῖν | 1 | **We** refers to the children sitting in the marketplace, and **you** is plural and refers to the other group of children. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “We children played a flute for all of you kids” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) | |
| 684 | 11:17 | t723 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | ἐθρηνήσαμεν | 1 | The phrase **We mourned** has to do with the mourning ceremonies that the culture performed during that time. If a person died, relatives would hire a group of people to help them mourn. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state this explicitly. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 685 | 11:18 | qe7y | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | μήτε ἐσθίων μήτε πίνων | 1 | This does not mean that John never ate food. It means he fasted often, and when he ate, he did not eat expensive food or drink. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “frequently fasting from food and wine” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 686 | 11:18 | p4ql | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations | λέγουσιν, δαιμόνιον ἔχει. | 1 | If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “they say that he has a demon” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) | |
| 687 | 11:19 | iwk8 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person | ἦλθεν ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου | 1 | Jesus uses the title **Son of Man** to refer to himself. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could change it to first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) | |
| 688 | 11:19 | dsak | rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples | ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου | 1 | The phrase **Son of Man** is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) | |
| 689 | 11:19 | gs6z | rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast | ἦλθεν & ἐσθίων καὶ πίνων | 1 | The phrase **The Son of Man came eating and drinking** is comparing what Jesus did with what John the Baptist did. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “But the Son of Man came eating and drinking” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) | |
| 690 | 11:19 | x4ec | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations | λέγουσιν, ἰδοὺ, ἄνθρωπος, φάγος καὶ οἰνοπότης, τελωνῶν φίλος καὶ ἁμαρτωλῶν! | 1 | If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “they say that he is a man who is a glutton and a drunkard, a friend of tax collectors and sinners” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) | |
| 691 | 11:19 | pv4n | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown | φάγος & οἰνοπότης | 1 | The word **glutton** refers to a person who eats too much food. The word **drunkard** refers to a person who drinks too much wine and gets drunk as a result. Use words in your language that refer to these things. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) | |
| 692 | 11:19 | vwk4 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs | καὶ ἐδικαιώθη ἡ σοφία ἀπὸ τῶν τέκνων αὐτῆς | 1 | The proverb, **wisdom has been justified by her children**, is figurative. Here, **wisdom** is referring to Jesus and John the Baptist teaching about God’s wisdom, which causes people to be saved. The word **children** is referring to those who are influenced by their ministry. You can translate the proverb itself in a way that will be recognized as a proverb and be meaningful in your language and culture. Alternate translation: “But God’s wisdom is proven right by its work in the lives of the people to whom John and I minister” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]]) | |
| 693 | 11:19 | o3zh | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | ἐδικαιώθη ἡ σοφία ἀπὸ τῶν τέκνων αὐτῆς | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God proves his wisdom by his children” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 694 | 11:20 | w4g8 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | ὀνειδίζειν τὰς πόλεις | 1 | Here, **the cities** refers to the people who live in the cities. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “to reprimand the people of the cities” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 695 | 11:20 | t51a | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | ἐν αἷς ἐγένοντο αἱ πλεῖσται δυνάμεις αὐτοῦ | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “in which he did most of his miracles” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 696 | 11:21 | xxb3 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe | οὐαί σοι, Χοραζείν! οὐαί σοι, Βηθσαϊδάν! | 1 | Jesus is addressing something that he knows cannot hear him, the cities of **Chorazin** and **Bethsaida**, in order to show his listeners in a strong way how he feels. If it would be helpful in your language, consider expressing this feeling by talking about these two cities. Alternate translation: “It will not be good for the cities of Chorazin and Bethsaida” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]]) | |
| 697 | 11:21 | y9d3 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | Χοραζείν & Βηθσαϊδάν & Τύρῳ & Σιδῶνι | 1 | Here, the words **Chorazin**, **Bethsaida**, and **Tyre and Sidon** refer to the people who live in those cities. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 698 | 11:21 | lh46 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical | εἰ ἐν Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι ἐγένοντο αἱ δυνάμεις αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν ὑμῖν, πάλαι ἂν ἐν σάκκῳ καὶ σποδῷ μετενόησαν | 1 | Jesus is using this hypothetical situation to rebuke the people in those cities. Alternate translation: “suppose the miracles had happened in Tyre and Sidon which happened in you. They would have repented long ago in sackcloth and ashes” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]]) | |
| 699 | 11:21 | tm59 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | εἰ ἐν Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι ἐγένοντο αἱ δυνάμεις αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν ὑμῖν | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “if I had done the mighty deeds among the people of Tyre and Sidon that I have done among you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 700 | 11:21 | k3in | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you | αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν ὑμῖν | 1 | Here the **you** is plural and refers to Chorazin and Bethsaida. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) | |
| 701 | 11:22 | mr18 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι | 1 | See how you translated **Tyre and Sidon** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 702 | 11:22 | ibpo | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | ἢ ὑμῖν | 1 | The reason why it will be **more tolerable** is because Chorazin and Bethsaida did see Jesus’ miracles, and they still did not repent. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “than for you, because you did not repent and believe in me, even though you saw me do miracles” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 703 | 11:23 | vpz6 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you | καὶ σύ, Καφαρναούμ, μὴ ἕως οὐρανοῦ ὑψωθήσῃ? ἕως ᾍδου καταβήσῃ; ὅτι εἰ ἐν Σοδόμοις ἐγενήθησαν αἱ δυνάμεις αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν σοί, ἔμεινεν ἂν μέχρι τῆς σήμερον | 1 | The pronoun **you** is singular and refers to Capernaum throughout this verse and the next. If it is more natural to refer to the people of the city, you could translate with a plural **you**. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) | |
| 704 | 11:23 | h8e4 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe | καὶ σύ, Καφαρναούμ, μὴ ἕως οὐρανοῦ ὑψωθήσῃ | 1 | Jesus is addressing something that he knows cannot hear him, the city of Capernaum, in order to show his listeners in a strong way how he feels about it. If it would be helpful in your language, consider expressing this feeling by talking about Capernaum. Alternate translation: “Certainly Capernaum will not be lifted up to heaven, will it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]]) | |
| 705 | 11:23 | fj7d | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | Καφαρναούμ & ἐν Σοδόμοις | 1 | Here the words **Capernaum** and **Sodom** are referring to the people who live in those cities. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “people of Capernaum … among the people of Sodom” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 706 | 11:23 | aa7t | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | μὴ ἕως οὐρανοῦ ὑψωθήσῃ? | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: Alternate translation: “God will not exalt you to heaven, will he?” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 707 | 11:23 | nddz | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion | μὴ ἕως οὐρανοῦ ὑψωθήσῃ? | 1 | Jesus uses a rhetorical question to rebuke the people of Capernaum for their pride, because they think they deserve to be taken straight to heaven. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “God will certainly not bring you up to heaven like you think he will!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) | |
| 708 | 11:23 | vk57 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical | εἰ ἐν Σοδόμοις ἐγενήθησαν αἱ δυνάμεις αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν σοί, ἔμεινεν ἂν μέχρι τῆς σήμερον | 1 | Jesus is using a hypothetical situation to rebuke the people who live in the city of Capernaum. This could have happened in the past, but it did not happen. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could mark the second event with the word “then.” Alternate translation: “suppose I had done all of these powerful deeds in the presence of the people of Sodom. Then they might have turned from their sinful ways and escaped judgment” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]]) | |
| 709 | 11:23 | z279 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | εἰ ἐν Σοδόμοις ἐγενήθησαν αἱ δυνάμεις αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν σοί | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “if I had done the miracles among the people of Sodom that I have done among you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 710 | 11:24 | e3pa | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | γῇ Σοδόμων | 1 | See how you translated **Sodom** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 711 | 11:24 | yk3z | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | ἢ σοί | 1 | Jesus is saying that it will be **more tolerable** for the people of Sodom because they did not have the chance to see Jesus’ miracles, while the people of Capernaum did, and they still did not repent. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 712 | 11:25 | h5x4 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples | Πάτερ | 1 | **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) | |
| 713 | 11:25 | u9cy | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism | Κύριε τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καὶ τῆς γῆς | 1 | The phrase **heaven and earth** refers to everything which God has created in the entire universe. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “ruler over the entire universe” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) | |
| 714 | 11:25 | qw5c | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj | ἀπὸ σοφῶν καὶ συνετῶν | 1 | Jesus is using the adjectives **wise** and **intelligent** as nouns in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “from people who are smart and knowledgeable” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) | |
| 715 | 11:25 | w9hx | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet | σοφῶν καὶ συνετῶν | 1 | The words **wise** and **intelligent** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize how smart these people thought they were. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “the carefully discerning” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) | |
| 716 | 11:25 | las9 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony | σοφῶν καὶ συνετῶν | 1 | Jesus calls them **wise and intelligent** even though he does not actually believe that they are wise or intelligent. If it would be helpful in your language, consider expressing the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “people who think they are wise and intelligent” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]]) | |
| 717 | 11:25 | b6w5 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | νηπίοις | 1 | Here, the phrase **little children** is referring to people who are not wise. Jesus uses the figurative language to emphasize that one does not need to be wise to be one of his followers. If your readers would not understand what **little children** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “you who are as wise as little children” or “you who are not very wise” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 718 | 11:26 | qp7t | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | ὅτι οὕτως εὐδοκία ἐγένετο ἔμπροσθέν σου | 1 | The phrase **before you** is an idiom which refers to how someone considers something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “for you considered it good to do this” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 719 | 11:27 | yk5w | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | πάντα μοι παρεδόθη ὑπὸ τοῦ Πατρός μου | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “My Father has given everything over to me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 720 | 11:27 | gd67 | πάντα | 1 | The phrase **All things** could mean: (1) God the Father has revealed to Jesus everything about himself and his kingdom. Alternate translation: “All knowledge of himself” or (2) God has given all authority to Jesus. Alternate translation: “All authority” | ||
| 721 | 11:27 | j3vk | rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples | τοῦ Πατρός μου | 1 | **Father** is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) | |
| 722 | 11:27 | s1as | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives | οὐδεὶς ἐπιγινώσκει τὸν Υἱὸν, εἰ μὴ ὁ Πατήρ; οὐδὲ τὸν Πατέρα τις ἐπιγινώσκει, εἰ μὴ ὁ Υἱὸς, καὶ ᾧ ἐὰν βούληται ὁ Υἱὸς ἀποκαλύψαι | 1 | If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate these double negatives as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “Only the Father knows who the Son is, and only the Son and those to whom he reveals the Father know the Father” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) | |
| 723 | 11:27 | esp4 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person | τὸν Υἱὸν & ὁ Υἱὸς | 1 | Jesus was referring to himself as the **Son** in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could write it in the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) | |
| 724 | 11:27 | l8xe | rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples | τὸν Υἱὸν | 1 | **Son** is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) | |
| 725 | 11:28 | x978 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you | πάντες οἱ κοπιῶντες καὶ πεφορτισμένοι, κἀγὼ ἀναπαύσω ὑμᾶς | 1 | Here, **you** is plural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) | |
| 726 | 11:28 | t2jj | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | οἱ κοπιῶντες καὶ πεφορτισμένοι | 1 | Jesus speaks of people being discouraged in their attempts to obey all the laws as if those laws were **heavy** burdens and the people were **laboring** to carry them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “Come to me, all of your who are feeling burdened by how many laws you are trying to keep” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 727 | 11:28 | f1w4 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | κἀγὼ ἀναπαύσω ὑμᾶς | 1 | Here, the word **rest** is figurative for no longer feeling the obligation to keep every law, especially laws that written by the Pharisees. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternative translation: “I will give you relief from feeling the need to be perfect before God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 728 | 11:29 | q1ya | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor | ἄρατε τὸν ζυγόν μου ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς | 1 | Jesus continues the metaphor of burden that he began in the last verse. Jesus uses the image of a **yoke**, something which is put on large animals to carry or pull heavy burdens, to encourage his listeners to let him carry their burdens with them. If it would be helpful in your language to understand what **yoke** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternative translation: “Share your burden with me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]]) | |
| 729 | 11:29 | t1rh | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet | πραΰς εἰμι καὶ ταπεινὸς τῇ καρδίᾳ | 1 | Here, **gentle** and **humble in heart** mean basically the same thing. Jesus combines them to emphasize that he is much kinder than the religious leaders who burdened the people with the many laws. Alternate translation: “I am very gentle” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) | |
| 730 | 11:29 | i3qs | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | ταπεινὸς τῇ καρδίᾳ | 1 | The phrase **humble in heart** is an idiom meaning that he is a humble person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “humble” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 731 | 11:29 | i3ls | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche | εὑρήσετε ἀνάπαυσιν ταῖς ψυχαῖς ὑμῶν | 1 | Here, **souls** is figurative for the entire person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “you will be able to rest” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) | |
| 732 | 11:30 | hlv3 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor | ὁ γὰρ ζυγός μου χρηστὸς καὶ τὸ φορτίον μου ἐλαφρόν ἐστιν | 1 | Here, Jesus continues the burden metaphor from the previous verses. You could express this metaphor as a simile if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “When I help you, it will be like I am carrying most of the weight of the yoke and you are only carrying a little bit of the burden” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]]) | |
| 733 | 11:30 | ynf1 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism | ὁ γὰρ ζυγός μου χρηστὸς καὶ τὸ φορτίον μου ἐλαφρόν ἐστιν | 1 | Both of these phrases mean the same thing. Jesus is emphasizing that it is easier to obey him than it is to obey the Jewish law. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you could combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “For what I place on you, you will be able to carry because it is light” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) | |
| 734 | 12:intro | y7z6 | 0 | # Matthew 12 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 12:18-21, which are words from the Old Testament.\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### The Sabbath\n\nThis chapter has much to say about how God’s people are to honor the Sabbath. Jesus said that the rules that the Pharisees made up did not help people obey the Sabbath the way God wanted them to. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sabbath]])\n\n### “Blasphemy against the Spirit”\n\nNo one knows for sure what actions people perform or what words they say when they commit this sin. However, they probably insult the Holy Spirit and his work. Part of the Holy Spirit’s work is to make people understand that they are sinners and that they need to have God forgive them. Therefore, anyone who does not try to stop sinning is probably committing blasphemy against the Spirit. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/blasphemy]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### Brothers and sisters\n\nMost people call those who have the same parents “brother” and “sister” and think of them as some of the most important people in their lives. Many people also call those with the same grandparents “brother” and “sister.” In this chapter Jesus says that the most important people to him are those who obey his Father in heaven. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/brother]]) | |||
| 735 | 12:1 | m2n1 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent | ἐν ἐκείνῳ τῷ καιρῷ | 1 | This introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) | |
| 736 | 12:1 | tvt9 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown | τῶν σπορίμων | 1 | A grainfield is a place where grain is grown and harvested. This grain is usually ground and made into bread. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “a field where grain is grown” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) | |
| 737 | 12:1 | y5vr | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | στάχυας | 1 | The **heads** are the topmost part of the grain plant, which is a kind of tall grass. The heads hold the mature grain or seeds of the plant. The disciples were picking the **heads of grain** to eat the kernels, or seeds, in them. If it would be helpful in your language, think of a type of food from which you have to remove a shell or casing. Alternate translation: “picking the tops of grain and eating the seeds.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 738 | 12:2 | swl7 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | ποιοῦσιν ὃ οὐκ ἔξεστιν ποιεῖν ἐν Σαββάτῳ | 1 | According to the law of Moses, people are not allowed to work on the Sabbath in order to focus on worshiping God. The Pharisees considered even the small action of plucking and rubbing heads of grain to be work. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “You are harvesting grain, and that is work that the law does not permit you to do on the Sabbath!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 739 | 12:3 | d712 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion | οὐκ ἀνέγνωτε τί ἐποίησεν Δαυεὶδ, ὅτε ἐπείνασεν καὶ οἱ μετ’ αὐτοῦ | 1 | This begins a question that continues into the next verse. See the note in the next verse for how to address this rhetorical question. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) | |
| 740 | 12:4 | u3ye | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion | πῶς εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὸν οἶκον τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ τοὺς ἄρτους τῆς Προθέσεως ἔφαγεν, ὃ οὐκ ἐξὸν ἦν αὐτῷ φαγεῖν, οὐδὲ τοῖς μετ’ αὐτοῦ, εἰ μὴ τοῖς ἱερεῦσιν μόνοις | 1 | Jesus asks this question to respond to the criticism of the Pharisees. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “how he went into the God’s house and ate the bread of the presence, which they were not allowed to do. Only the priests were allowed to do this” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) | |
| 741 | 12:4 | blm5 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | τὸν οἶκον τοῦ Θεοῦ | 1 | Jesus is describing the tabernacle as the house of God. He is speaking as if it were the place where God lived, since God’s presence was there. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the tabernacle” (See: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor) | |
| 742 | 12:4 | ue7l | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | τοὺς ἄρτους τῆς Προθέσεως | 1 | This refers to the 12 loaves of bread that were placed on a golden table in the tabernacle or temple building as a sacrifice to God during Old Testament times. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the 12 loaves of the bread of the Presence which were in the tabernacle” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 743 | 12:4 | lkx9 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis | εἰ μὴ τοῖς ἱερεῦσιν μόνοις | 1 | Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “but it was only lawful for the priests to eat that bread” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) | |
| 744 | 12:5 | f79q | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion | οὐκ ἀνέγνωτε ἐν τῷ νόμῳ, ὅτι τοῖς Σάββασιν οἱ ἱερεῖς ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ τὸ Σάββατον βεβηλοῦσιν, καὶ ἀναίτιοί εἰσιν? | 1 | Jesus uses a question to respond to the criticism of the Pharisees. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Surely you have read in the law of Moses that on the Sabbaths the priests in the temple profane the Sabbath, but are innocent.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) | |
| 745 | 12:5 | dqe9 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | τὸ Σάββατον βεβηλοῦσιν | 1 | The priests were said to **profane the Sabbath** because they had to fulfill their priestly duties on the Sabbath. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “defile the Sabbath by working at their priestly duties” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 746 | 12:6 | k4mn | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person | τοῦ ἱεροῦ μεῖζόν | 1 | Jesus was referring to himself as the one who is **greater than the temple** If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I am someone who is more important than the temple” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) | |
| 747 | 12:7 | ypj7 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical | εἰ δὲ ἐγνώκειτε τί ἐστιν, ἔλεος θέλω καὶ οὐ θυσίαν, οὐκ ἂν κατεδικάσατε τοὺς ἀναιτίους | 1 | Jesus is using a hypothetical situation to teach the Pharisees about why they were wrong for accusing Jesus’ disciples of working on the Sabbath. Alternate translation: “But suppose you had understood what the phrase ‘I desire you to have mercy and not to sacrifice’ meant. Then you certainly would not have condemned my innocent disciples” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]]) | |
| 748 | 12:7 | e1ju | ἔλεος θέλω καὶ οὐ θυσίαν | 1 | In the law of Moses, God did command the Israelites to offer sacrifices. This verse is saying that God would prefer the Israelites to have **mercy** rather than for them to have to offer a **sacrifice** for their sins. Make sure this is clear to your readers. Alternate translation: “I would rather that you would be merciful to others than for you to continually offer sacrifices for your wrongful deeds” | ||
| 749 | 12:7 | s23l | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj | τοὺς ἀναιτίους | 1 | Jesus is using the adjective **innocent** as a noun in order to describe his disciples. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are innocent” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) | |
| 750 | 12:8 | l7g3 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person | ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου | 1 | Jesus is referring to himself as **the Son of Man**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the first person here to clarify, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) | |
| 751 | 12:8 | nca0 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples | ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου | 1 | **Son of Man** is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) | |
| 752 | 12:9 | y4me | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns | εἰς τὴν συναγωγὴν αὐτῶν | 1 | The word **their** likely refers to the Pharisees to whom Jesus was just speaking. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “into those Pharisees' synagogue” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) | |
| 753 | 12:10 | xb13 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown | ἄνθρωπος χεῖρα ἔχων ξηράν | 1 | This means that the man’s hand was damaged in such a way that he could not stretch it out. It was probably bent almost into a fist, making it look smaller. State this in a way that would be understandable to your readers. Alternate translation: “his hand was shriveled” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) | |
| 754 | 12:10 | c1cc | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background | καὶ ἐπηρώτησαν αὐτὸν & ἵνα κατηγορήσωσιν αὐτοῦ | 1 | Here, Matthew is giving background information to help to reader understand why the Pharisees **questioned** Jesus. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “and they were questioning him … to try to find fault in him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) | |
| 755 | 12:11 | ng4j | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion | τίς ἔσται ἐξ ὑμῶν ἄνθρωπος, ὃς ἕξει πρόβατον ἕν, καὶ ἐὰν ἐμπέσῃ τοῦτο τοῖς Σάββασιν εἰς βόθυνον, οὐχὶ κρατήσει αὐτὸ καὶ ἐγερεῖ? | 1 | Jesus uses a question to respond to the Pharisees. He is challenging them to think about what kind of work they do on the Sabbath. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Every one of you, if you only had one sheep, and it fell into a pit on the Sabbath, would certainly grasp hold of the sheep and lift it out.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) | |
| 756 | 12:12 | s2tu | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion | πόσῳ οὖν διαφέρει ἄνθρωπος προβάτου? | 1 | Jesus asks this question to prove the point that the Pharisees would be willing to help a sheep, but not a man, on the Sabbath. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “A man is certainly more valuable than a sheep!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) | |
| 757 | 12:13 | be8u | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative | τότε λέγει τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ, ἔκτεινόν σου τὴν χεῖρα. | 1 | This is an imperative, but this was not a command that the man was capable of obeying. Instead, this was a command that directly caused the man to be healed. Use a form in your language that would be used in this type of situation. Alternate translation: “Stretch out your hand! Be healed!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]]) | |
| 758 | 12:13 | jry3 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | ἀπεκατεστάθη, ὑγιὴς | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Jesus restored his hand to health” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 759 | 12:15 | lbo1 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole | ἐθεράπευσεν αὐτοὺς πάντας | 1 | Here, the word **all** is figurative, meaning “very many.” If it would be helpful in your languages, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that shows honor. Alternate translation: “he healed very many people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) | |
| 760 | 12:17 | mcd7 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ Ἠσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “what God spoke through the prophet Isaiah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 761 | 12:18 | zkt7 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns | ὁ ἀγαπητός μου | 1 | # Connecting Statement:\n\nIf your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **beloved**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “one whom I love” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) | |
| 762 | 12:18 | s6a4 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche | εἰς ὃν εὐδόκησεν ἡ ψυχή μου | 1 | Here, **soul** refers to the person as a whole. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “with whom I am very pleased” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) | |
| 763 | 12:18 | jh8p | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns | κρίσιν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν ἀπαγγελεῖ | 1 | If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **justice**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “he will proclaim that God will act justly towards the nations” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) | |
| 764 | 12:19 | gj1p | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis | οὐκ ἐρίσει, οὐδὲ κραυγάσει | 1 | Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “He will not strive with people, nor will he cry out loud to people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) | |
| 765 | 12:19 | jr87 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | ἐν ταῖς πλατείαις | 1 | Here, the phrase **in the streets** is an idiom that means in public. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “in the cities and towns where people are” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 766 | 12:20 | cdk2 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | κάλαμον συντετριμμένον οὐ κατεάξει, καὶ λίνον τυφόμενον οὐ σβέσει | 1 | Both of the phrases **He will not break a bruised reed** and **he will not quench a smoking flax** are metaphors emphasizing that God’s servant will be gentle and kind. Both **bruised reed** and **smoking flax** represent weak and hurting people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a plainly. Alternate translation: “He will be kind to weak people and he will be gentle to those who are hurting” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 767 | 12:20 | kbu9 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism | κάλαμον συντετριμμένον οὐ κατεάξει, καὶ λίνον τυφόμενον οὐ σβέσει | 1 | Both of the phrases **He will not break a bruised reed** and **he will not quench a smoking flax** mean the same thing. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you could combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “He will not destroy something already very weak” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) | |
| 768 | 12:20 | y8mn | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown | λίνον τυφόμενον οὐ σβέσει | 1 | Here, **flax** refers to a burning wick or a small flame. If it would be helpful in your language, use a general expression. Alternate translation: “he will not extinguish a small flame” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) | |
| 769 | 12:20 | b6tw | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns | ἕως ἂν ἐκβάλῃ εἰς νῖκος τὴν κρίσιν | 1 | If your language does not use an abstract noun for the ideas of **justice** or **victory**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “until he would cause people to be justified before God and cause them to be victorious over death” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) | |
| 770 | 12:21 | w3rq | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche | τῷ ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ | 1 | Here, the word **name** refers to God himself. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “in him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) | |
| 771 | 12:22 | nba2 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent | τότε | 1 | The word **Then** introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) | |
| 772 | 12:22 | e1g4 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | προσηνέχθη αὐτῷ δαιμονιζόμενος | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “some people brought to him one who was demon-possessed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 773 | 12:22 | k2vt | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj | τυφλὸς καὶ κωφός | 1 | Jesus is using the adjectives **blind** and **mute** as nouns in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “a person who was blind and mute” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) | |
| 774 | 12:23 | ink7 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown | ὁ υἱὸς Δαυείδ | 1 | **Son of David** is a an important title for the Messiah, who was supposed to come and rule on David’s throne. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state it explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Messiah, the Son of David” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) | |
| 775 | 12:23 | h8kf | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | υἱὸς | 1 | Here, the word **Son** is figurative for a descendant of someone. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “offspring” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 776 | 12:24 | p1mi | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives | οὗτος οὐκ ἐκβάλλει τὰ δαιμόνια, εἰ μὴ ἐν τῷ Βεελζεβοὺλ | 1 | If it would appear in your language that Jesus was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “He throws out demons only by Beelzebul” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) | |
| 777 | 12:25 | ckth | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | εἰδὼς δὲ τὰς ἐνθυμήσεις αὐτῶν, εἶπεν αὐτοῖς | 1 | This phrase implies that Jesus had supernatural knowledge. It indicates that Jesus knew what the scribes were saying even though he did not hear what they said. If it would be helpful to your readers, your could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Even though no one told Jesus, he knew their thoughts, so he said to them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 778 | 12:25 | i1sd | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs | πᾶσα βασιλεία μερισθεῖσα καθ’ ἑαυτῆς ἐρημοῦται, καὶ πᾶσα πόλις ἢ οἰκία μερισθεῖσα καθ’ ἑαυτῆς οὐ σταθήσεται | 1 | Jesus uses a proverb to respond to the Pharisees saying that he casts out demons by Beelzebul. Translate the proverb itself in a way that will be recognized as a proverb and be meaningful in your language and culture. Alternate translation: “If the people of a nation are fighting against each other, they will certainly cause its destruction. Similarly, if people of a city or even a house are fighting against each other, they will will not be united together” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]]) | |
| 779 | 12:25 | ll42 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism | πᾶσα βασιλεία μερισθεῖσα καθ’ ἑαυτῆς ἐρημοῦται & πᾶσα πόλις ἢ οἰκία μερισθεῖσα καθ’ ἑαυτῆς οὐ σταθήσεται | 1 | The phrases **Every kingdom divided against itself is made desolate** and **every city or house divided against itself will not stand** mean the same thing. Jesus says the same thing to show that if any group of people fights against each other, it will eventually loose its unity. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you could combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “Any group of people fighting against each other will eventually fall apart and no longer be united” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) | |
| 780 | 12:25 | g9ec | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | βασιλεία & πόλις ἢ οἰκία | 1 | Here, the words **kingdom** and **city** refer to the people who live in them. The word **house** refers to a family, whose members would all live in the same house. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “people who live in a nation … people who live in a city or house” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 781 | 12:25 | rvzh | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | πᾶσα βασιλεία μερισθεῖσα καθ’ ἑαυτῆς ἐρημοῦται | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “People living in a country who fight against each other destroy their own country” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 782 | 12:26 | i42r | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | Σατανᾶν | 1 | The second use of the word **Satan** is figurative, referring to the demons that serve Satan. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the demons who serve Satan” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 783 | 12:26 | ah7t | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion | πῶς οὖν σταθήσεται ἡ βασιλεία αὐτοῦ | 1 | Jesus uses this question to show the Pharisees that accusing Jesus of casting out demons by Satan is foolish. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “His kingdom will surely not stand!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) | |
| 784 | 12:27 | gee9 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion | οἱ υἱοὶ ὑμῶν ἐν τίνι ἐκβάλλουσιν? | 1 | Jesus uses another question to challenge the Pharisees. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “certainly your sons also cast out demons by the same person as I do” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) | |
| 785 | 12:27 | x9je | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | οἱ υἱοὶ ὑμῶν | 1 | The phrase **your sons** refers to the disciples of the Pharisees. If your readers would not understand what **sons** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “your disciples” or “your followers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 786 | 12:27 | jja2 | διὰ τοῦτο, αὐτοὶ κριταὶ ἔσονται ὑμῶν | 1 | The phrase **For this reason they will be your judges** could mean: (1) they will judge the Pharisees’ accusations against Jesus to be wrong. Alternate translation: “Because of this your disciples will show that you are wrong” (2) they will stand with God at the end of time to judge the Pharisees. Alternate translation: “Because of this yours sons will be your judges” | ||
| 787 | 12:28 | zb4d | rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact | εἰ δὲ ἐν Πνεύματι Θεοῦ ἐγὼ ἐκβάλλω τὰ δαιμόνια, ἄρα ἔφθασεν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ | 1 | Jesus is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what John is saying is not certain, then you could translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “But since I throw out demons by the Spirit of God, the kingdom of God has come upon you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]]) | |
| 788 | 12:28 | r5dg | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | ἄρα ἔφθασεν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ | 1 | See how you translated **kingdom** in [3:2](../03/02.md). Alternate translation: “then God is making you a part of his people over whom he will rule” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 789 | 12:29 | t4vu | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables | ἢ | 1 | This parable tells about how Jesus is binding Satan and his evil spirits, and saving the people whom Satan had controlled previously. Make sure it is clear to your readers that this is a story. Alternate translate: “Then Jesus told them a story, saying” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]]) | |
| 790 | 12:29 | w54c | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion | πῶς δύναταί τις εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν τοῦ ἰσχυροῦ καὶ τὰ σκεύη αὐτοῦ ἁρπάσαι, ἐὰν μὴ πρῶτον δήσῃ τὸν ἰσχυρόν? | 1 | Jesus uses a question to teach the Pharisees and the crowd that he is more powerful than Satan. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Certainly, no one can enter into the house of the strong man and steal his belongings without tying up the strong man first” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) | |
| 791 | 12:29 | b2et | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun | τις | 1 | The word **anyone** is a generic noun and is not referring to any specific person. If it would be helpful in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “a person” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) | |
| 792 | 12:29 | tsrk | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | πῶς δύναταί τις εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν τοῦ ἰσχυροῦ καὶ τὰ σκεύη αὐτοῦ ἁρπάσαι | 1 | To **enter into the house of the strong man and steal his belongings** is figurative. The **strong man** is referring to Satan. So to enter into his house and steal his belongings means to throw out his demons from people whom they controlled. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “Someone cannot take from Satan the demons that belong to him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 793 | 12:29 | zluo | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | ἐὰν μὴ πρῶτον δήσῃ τὸν ἰσχυρόν | 1 | When someone **ties up** the strong man, who is Satan, it means they either defeat him or restrain him, making him no longer able to rule over his demons. If it would be helpful in your language to understand what it means to **bind** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “unless he first restrains him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 794 | 12:30 | ivp9 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | ὁ μὴ ὢν μετ’ ἐμοῦ | 1 | The phrase **with me** is an idiom which means to support someone or be on their side. In this instance, the religious leaders were not supporting Jesus’ ministry, because they thought he was controlled by Satan. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “The one not supporting my work” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 795 | 12:30 | ek1h | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | ὁ μὴ συνάγων μετ’ ἐμοῦ σκορπίζει | 1 | Jesus is using a metaphor that refers to a person either **gathering** the flock of sheep to a shepherd or making them scatter away from the shepherd. Jesus means that a person is either helping to make people become disciples of Jesus or he is making people reject Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 796 | 12:31 | hy38 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | πᾶσα ἁμαρτία καὶ βλασφημία ἀφεθήσεται τοῖς ἀνθρώποις | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will forgive every sin that a person commits” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 797 | 12:31 | t280 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions | πᾶσα ἁμαρτία καὶ βλασφημία ἀφεθήσεται τοῖς ἀνθρώποις; ἡ δὲ τοῦ Πνεύματος, βλασφημία οὐκ ἀφεθήσεται | 1 | If it would appear in your language that Jesus was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid confusing your reader. Alternate translation: “God will forgive many sins and blasphemies, but he will not forgive the blasphemy of the Spirit” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]]) | |
| 798 | 12:31 | ezx8 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | ἡ & τοῦ Πνεύματος, βλασφημία οὐκ ἀφεθήσεται | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “But God will not forgive blasphemy of the Spirit” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 799 | 12:31 | kqx0 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns | βλασφημία & ἡ δὲ τοῦ Πνεύματος, βλασφημία | 1 | If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **blasphemy**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “but the blasphemous word one speaks … when one blasphemes against the Spirit” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) | |
| 800 | 12:32 | gwx2 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | ὃς ἐὰν εἴπῃ λόγον κατὰ τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου | 1 | Here, the word **word** is refers to what someone says. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “If a person says anything bad about the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 801 | 12:32 | h79z | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person | τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου | 1 | Here, Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the first person. Alternate translation: “me, the Son of Man”(See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) | |
| 802 | 12:32 | z3ma | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | ἀφεθήσεται αὐτῷ & οὐκ ἀφεθήσεται αὐτῷ | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will forgive that person … God will not forgive that person” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 803 | 12:32 | lw5j | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | ἐν τούτῳ τῷ αἰῶνι οὔτε ἐν τῷ μέλλοντι | 1 | Here, the phrases **this age** and **the one coming** are idioms referring to the present life and the next life. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “in the time in which we now live, nor in eternity” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 804 | 12:33 | bi8z | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs | ἢ ποιήσατε τὸ δένδρον καλὸν καὶ τὸν καρπὸν αὐτοῦ καλόν, ἢ ποιήσατε τὸ δένδρον σαπρὸν καὶ τὸν καρπὸν αὐτοῦ σαπρόν; ἐκ γὰρ τοῦ καρποῦ, τὸ δένδρον γινώσκεται | 1 | The proverb **Either make the tree good and its fruit good, or make the tree bad and its fruit bad** is making a figurative comparison. It is comparing the actions of a good person to the good fruit of a healthy tree. It is also comparing the bad works of an evil person to the bad fruit of an unhealthy tree. Translate this proverb in a way that will be recognized as a proverb and be meaningful in your language and culture. Alternate translation: “A person is considered to be a good person if they act in a good way. A person is considered to be a bad person if they act in an evil way. You can judge whether a person is good or bad by how they act” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]]) | |
| 805 | 12:33 | kl16 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | καλὸν & σαπρὸν | 1 | The words **good** and **bad** are figurative for healthy and unhealthy. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 806 | 12:33 | nx9n | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | ἐκ γὰρ τοῦ καρποῦ, τὸ δένδρον γινώσκεται | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “for people know whether a tree is good or bad by looking at its fruit” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 807 | 12:34 | r1uv | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | γεννήματα ἐχιδνῶν | 1 | Here, **You offspring of vipers** is a metaphor which is describing the behavior of the Pharisees. Vipers are poisonous snakes which can harm and kill people. The Pharisees were compared to vipers because their teaching was harming people spiritually. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “You who behave like dangerous snakes” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 808 | 12:34 | e7x3 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion | πῶς δύνασθε ἀγαθὰ λαλεῖν, πονηροὶ ὄντες? | 1 | Jesus uses a question to rebuke how evilly the Pharisees behave. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “being evil, you are certainly not able to say good things” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) | |
| 809 | 12:34 | i7c6 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche | ἐκ & τοῦ περισσεύματος τῆς καρδίας, τὸ στόμα λαλεῖ | 1 | Here, **mouth** is a synecdoche that represents a person as a whole. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “A person speaks from all that is in their heart” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) | |
| 810 | 12:34 | e9bg | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | ἐκ & τοῦ περισσεύματος τῆς καρδίας, τὸ στόμα λαλεῖ | 1 | Here, **heart** is a metonym for the thoughts or intentions a person has. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “what a person says with his mouth reveals what he desires” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 811 | 12:35 | r3uw | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs | ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος ἐκ τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ θησαυροῦ ἐκβάλλει ἀγαθά; καὶ ὁ πονηρὸς ἄνθρωπος ἐκ τοῦ πονηροῦ θησαυροῦ ἐκβάλλει πονηρά | 1 | Jesus uses this proverb to speak about where people’s behavior comes from. Jesus speaks of the heart as **treasure**. He is saying that good people say good things out of their good desires. Similarly, evil people do evil things out of their evil desires. Translate this proverb in a way that would be meaningful in your language, or use plain language. Alternate translation: “People who have good desires do things, but people who have evil desires do bad things” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]]) | |
| 812 | 12:36 | t2pj | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun | οἱ ἄνθρωποι | 1 | Jesus is speaking about **men** in general, and not about any specific men. If it would be helpful in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) | |
| 813 | 12:36 | ay18 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns | ἐν ἡμέρᾳ κρίσεως | 1 | If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **judgment**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “in the day when God will judge the people of the world” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) | |
| 814 | 12:37 | qw5e | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | δικαιωθήσῃ & καταδικασθήσῃ | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will justify you … God will condemn you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 815 | 12:38 | ikg2 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | ἀπὸ σοῦ σημεῖον ἰδεῖν | 1 | The religious leaders wanted to see a sign in order to prove that God sent Jesus as his messenger. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to see a sign from you that shows us that you are from God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 816 | 12:39 | d8b9 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person | γενεὰ πονηρὰ καὶ μοιχαλὶς σημεῖον ἐπιζητεῖ, καὶ σημεῖον οὐ δοθήσεται αὐτῇ | 1 | Jesus is speaking to the people in the third person though they are right in front of him. If your readers would find it helpful, you could make this second person. Alternate translation: “A wicked and unfaithful generation like you seeks a sign, but a sign will not be given to you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) | |
| 817 | 12:39 | a5di | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | γενεὰ πονηρὰ καὶ μοιχαλὶς | 1 | Here, **adulterous** is a metaphor for people who are not faithful to God in their relationship with him, just as a person is not faithful in their relationship with a spouse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “An evil and unfaithful generation” or “An evil and unloving generation” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 818 | 12:39 | j21p | rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions | καὶ σημεῖον οὐ δοθήσεται αὐτῇ, εἰ μὴ τὸ σημεῖον Ἰωνᾶ τοῦ προφήτου | 1 | If it would appear in your language that Jesus was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “but the only sign that I will give will be the sign of Jonah the prophet” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]]) | |
| 819 | 12:39 | c6hy | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | σημεῖον οὐ δοθήσεται αὐτῇ | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I will give them no sign” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 820 | 12:40 | vh9i | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism | τρεῖς ἡμέρας καὶ τρεῖς νύκτας | -1 | The phrase **three days and three nights** is referring to three entire days. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “three complete days” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) | |
| 821 | 12:40 | hzem | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | ὥσπερ γὰρ ἦν Ἰωνᾶς ἐν τῇ κοιλίᾳ τοῦ κήτους τρεῖς ἡμέρας καὶ τρεῖς νύκτας, οὕτως | 1 | Jesus is assuming that his audience is familiar with the story of Jonah, which tells that the prophet Jonah was swallowed by a fish because he disobeyed God. But once he repented, after three days, the fish spit him out. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could reference this story explicitly. Alternate translation: “Think about the story of Jonah the prophet in the Scriptures. He was swallowed by a large fish because he disobeyed God. After he repented three days later, the fish spit him out. Similarly,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 822 | 12:40 | iuv8 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person | ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου | 1 | Jesus is speaking about himself here in the third person. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this in the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) | |
| 823 | 12:40 | gg65 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ τῆς γῆς | 1 | The phrase **the heart of the earth** is referring to being deep in the ground. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “under the ground” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 824 | 12:41 | sn8j | rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result | ἄνδρες Νινευεῖται ἀναστήσονται ἐν τῇ κρίσει μετὰ τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης, καὶ κατακρινοῦσιν αὐτήν; ὅτι μετενόησαν εἰς τὸ κήρυγμα Ἰωνᾶ; καὶ ἰδοὺ, πλεῖον Ἰωνᾶ ὧδε | 1 | If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “The men of Nineveh repented when Jonah came to them, and behold, something greater than Jonah is here before you. Therefore, the men of Nineveh will stand up at the time of judgment with this generation and condemn it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) | |
| 825 | 12:41 | gnh1 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations | ἄνδρες Νινευεῖται | 1 | The phrase **men of Nineveh** is referring to both men and women. Alternate translation: “The citizens of Nineveh” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) | |
| 826 | 12:41 | b94i | ἐν τῇ κρίσει | 1 | The phrase **will stand up at the judgment** could mean: (1) that God will resurrect them, as in the UST. (2) that they will stand up with God as fellow judges over Israel. Alternate translation: “they will stand with God at the judgment” | ||
| 827 | 12:41 | x8gm | τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης | 1 | See how you translated the word **generation** in [12:39](../12/39.md) | ||
| 828 | 12:41 | qg29 | καὶ ἰδοὺ | 1 | The word **behold** emphasizes what Jesus says next. | ||
| 829 | 12:41 | dbs3 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis | πλεῖον Ἰωνᾶ ὧδε | 1 | Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “something greater than Jonah is here, and you have not repented” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) | |
| 830 | 12:41 | zb6a | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person | πλεῖον | 1 | Jesus is speaking about himself here in the third person. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this in the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) | |
| 831 | 12:42 | zwv7 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | βασίλισσα νότου | 1 | This refers to the **Queen** of the country called Sheba. Sheba was a land south of Israel. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) | |
| 832 | 12:42 | kku7 | ἐγερθήσεται ἐν τῇ κρίσει | 1 | See the note on this phrase in the previous verse. | ||
| 833 | 12:42 | z46e | ἐν τῇ κρίσει | 1 | See how you translated this phrase in [12:41](../12/41.md). | ||
| 834 | 12:42 | zc72 | τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης | 1 | See how you translated **generation** in the previous verse. | ||
| 835 | 12:42 | q8q8 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | ἦλθεν ἐκ τῶν περάτων τῆς γῆς | 1 | Here, the phrase **the ends of the earth** is an idiom that means “very far away.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “she came from very far away” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 836 | 12:42 | t521 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result | βασίλισσα νότου ἐγερθήσεται ἐν τῇ κρίσει μετὰ τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης, καὶ κατακρινεῖ αὐτήν; ὅτι ἦλθεν ἐκ τῶν περάτων τῆς γῆς ἀκοῦσαι τὴν σοφίαν Σολομῶνος; καὶ ἰδοὺ, πλεῖον Σολομῶνος ὧδε | 1 | If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “The Queen of Sheba came from the ends of the earth to hear the wisdom of Solomon, and behold, I am much greater than is Solomon. Therefore, she will be raised in the judgment with this generation and will judge it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) | |
| 837 | 12:42 | aj1x | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis | πλεῖον Σολομῶνος ὧδε | 1 | Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “something greater than Solomon is here, and you will not come to hear it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) | |
| 838 | 12:42 | uf5k | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person | πλεῖον | 1 | Jesus is speaking about himself here in the third person. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this in the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) | |
| 839 | 12:43 | tnea | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables | δὲ | 1 | In this verse Jesus begins telling a parable that go through [12:45](../12/45.md). Jesus is teaching the people the dangers of not allowing the Holy Spirit to live in them, and how this allows demons to control them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Now I am going to teach you through telling you a story” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]]) | |
| 840 | 12:43 | f5jr | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | ἀνύδρων τόπων | 1 | Jesus is describing the desert by reference to the lack of water there. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “desert areas” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 841 | 12:44 | ty9b | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | εἰς τὸν οἶκόν μου & ὅθεν ἐξῆλθον | 1 | Here, **my house** is a metaphor for the person in whom the unclean spirit was living and controlling. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to the dwelling place I left” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 842 | 12:44 | cd4f | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | εὑρίσκει σχολάζοντα σεσαρωμένον καὶ κεκοσμημένον | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the spirit finds that someone emptied it, swept it out and put it in order” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 843 | 12:44 | s6jf | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | σχολάζοντα σεσαρωμένον καὶ κεκοσμημένον | 1 | Here, the phrase **empty, having been swept out and put in order** is figurative language referring to a house that has been cleaned and vacated, so no one lives there. Similar to this, the spirit found this person to not have any spirit living in it. Jesus is saying that the person did not have the Holy Spirit living within them, so the demon returned. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “empty, cleaned, and organized” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 844 | 12:47 | qd32 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations | εἶπεν δέ τις αὐτῷ, ἰδοὺ, ἡ μήτηρ σου καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοί σου ἔξω ἑστήκασιν ζητοῦντές σοι λαλῆσαι. | 1 | If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Now someone said to him that his mother and brothers were standing outside, seeking to speak to him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) | |
| 845 | 12:48 | e535 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion | τίς ἐστιν ἡ μήτηρ μου καὶ τίνες εἰσὶν οἱ ἀδελφοί μου? | 1 | Jesus asks this question to teach the crowd about which people are a part of his spiritual family. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “I will tell you who the people are that are my mother and brothers.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) | |
| 846 | 12:49 | rxe8 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship | ἡ μήτηρ μου καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοί μου | 1 | The phrase **my mother and my brothers** is not here referring to Jesus’ actual brothers and mother, but he is referring to his disciples as his brothers and mother. Jesus says this because he considers them a part of his spiritual family. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these are like a mother and brothers to me” or “these are like family to me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]]) | |
| 847 | 12:50 | e25c | rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases | ὅστις γὰρ ἂν ποιήσῃ τὸ θέλημα τοῦ Πατρός μου τοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς, αὐτός μου ἀδελφὸς, καὶ ἀδελφὴ, καὶ μήτηρ ἐστίν | 1 | The word **For** here tells the reader that Jesus is explaining the previous thing he said. He is explaining that he considers as family those who obey God. Alternate translation: “For I consider the one who obeys my Father in the heavens to be my brother, my sister, or my mother” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) | |
| 848 | 12:50 | mq9r | rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples | τοῦ Πατρός μου | 1 | **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) | |
| 849 | 12:50 | s0yb | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | ἐν οὐρανοῖς | 1 | See how you translated the phrase **in the heavens** in [5:16](../05/16.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 850 | 12:50 | gn31 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | αὐτός μου ἀδελφὸς, καὶ ἀδελφὴ, καὶ μήτηρ ἐστίν | 1 | This is a metaphor meaning that those who obey God belong to Jesus’ spiritual family, which is more important than belonging to his physical family. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 851 | 13:intro | s3lu | 0 | # Matthew 13 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 13:14-15, which are words from the Old Testament.\n\nThis chapter begins a new section. It contains some of Jesus’ parables about the kingdom of heaven.\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter\n\n### Metonymy\n\nJesus often says the word **heaven** when he wants his hearers to think of God, who lives in heaven ([13:11](../mat/13/11.md)).\n\n### Implicit information\n\nSpeakers usually do not say things that they think their hearers already understand. When Matthew wrote that Jesus “sat beside the sea” ([Matthew 13:1](../mat/13/01.md)), he probably expected his hearers to know that Jesus was about to teach the people. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n\n### Metaphor\n\nSpeakers often use examples of things that we can see or touch to communicate abstract ideas. Jesus spoke of birds eating newly sown seed to describe how Satan keeps people from understanding Jesus’ message ([13:19](../mat/13/19.md)).\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### Passive voice\n\nMany sentences in this chapter tell that something happened to a person without indicating who caused the thing to happen. For example, “they were scorched” ([13:6](../mat/13/06.md)). You may have to translate the sentence so that it tells the reader who performed the action. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])\n\n### Parables\n\nThe parables are short stories that Jesus told so that people would easily understand the lesson he was trying to teach them. He also told the stories so that those who did not want to believe in him would not understand the truth ([13:11-13](./11.md)). | |||
| 852 | 13:1 | vx5y | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent | ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἐκείνῃ | 1 | This introduces a new event that happened at some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Sometime later that same day” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) | |
| 853 | 13:1 | cy1t | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background | ἐξελθὼν ὁ Ἰησοῦς τῆς οἰκίας, ἐκάθητο παρὰ τὴν θάλασσαν | 1 | Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “Jesus went out of the house. He was sitting by the sea” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) | |
| 854 | 13:2 | d16z | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | συνήχθησαν πρὸς αὐτὸν ὄχλοι πολλοί | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Large crowds gathered around him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 855 | 13:2 | d0v5 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns | πᾶς ὁ ὄχλος | 1 | The word crowd is a singular noun that refers to a group of people. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “a group of people” or “many people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) | |
| 856 | 13:3 | o5f9 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables | ἐλάλησεν αὐτοῖς πολλὰ ἐν παραβολαῖς | 1 | Jesus begins telling the crowd a parable about what happens when different people hear his teaching. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]]) | |
| 857 | 13:3 | f5mv | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations | ἐλάλησεν αὐτοῖς πολλὰ ἐν παραβολαῖς λέγων | 1 | Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “he said many things to them in parables, and this is what he said:” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) | |
| 858 | 13:4 | qr2d | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | καὶ ἐν τῷ σπείρειν αὐτὸν, ἃ μὲν ἔπεσεν παρὰ τὴν ὁδόν | 1 | Many cultures, when they plant seeds, bury them after planting them to protect them from birds and animals that eat seeds. The seeds on the path did not get hidden from the birds, so they ate them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “As he was scattering the seeds, some of them fell onto the path, where they were unprotected from scavengers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 859 | 13:5,7-8 | ql87 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis | ἄλλα | -1 | In these verses, the word **others** is referring to seeds that fell in different areas as the sower was planting. If it would be helpful in your language, see how it is modeled in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) | |
| 860 | 13:6 | pz44 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | ἡλίου δὲ ἀνατείλαντος | 1 | The phrase **the sun had risen** is an idiom which means when the sun got to its highest point in the sky and was hottest. If it would be helpful in your language, you state it explicitly. Alternate translation: “when the hottest time of the day came” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 861 | 13:6 | qq5x | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | ἐκαυματίσθη | 1 | If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the sun scorched the plants” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 862 | 13:7 | k69q | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis | ἄλλα | 1 | See the note on **others** in [13:5](../13/05.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) | |
| 863 | 13:7 | vt8z | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | ἀνέβησαν αἱ ἄκανθαι καὶ ἀπέπνιξαν αὐτά | 1 | The phrase **the thorns grew up and choked them** might be confusing to some readers. What this means is that the weeds grew much faster than did the crops that the sower planted, and so the weeds did not allow the crops to grow. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly with an example from your culture. Alternate translation: “the thorns grew much faster and overwhelmed the plants” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 864 | 13:8 | iwv2 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis | ἄλλα | 1 | See the note in [13:5](../13/05.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) | |
| 865 | 13:8 | e91e | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis | ὃ μὲν ἑκατὸν, ὃ δὲ ἑξήκοντα, ὃ δὲ τριάκοντα | 1 | Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. The amount of grain each plant produced is being compared to the single seed from which it grew. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation, starting a new sentence: “Some plants bore 100 times as much grain, some produced 60 times as much grain, and some produced 30 times as much grain” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) | |
| 866 | 13:9 | q2e2 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | ὁ ἔχων ὦτα, ἀκουέτω | 1 | See the note in [11:15](../11/15.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 867 | 13:9 | gkv1 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person | ὁ ἔχων ὦτα, ἀκουέτω | 1 | Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, listen” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) | |
| 868 | 13:11 | fc5n | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | ὑμῖν δέδοται γνῶναι τὰ μυστήρια τῆς Βασιλείας τῶν Οὐρανῶν, ἐκείνοις δὲ οὐ δέδοται | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God has given to you to understand mysteries of the kingdom of the heavens, but God has not given that understanding to those people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 869 | 13:11 | xq2v | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis | ἐκείνοις δὲ οὐ δέδοται | 1 | Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “but to those it has not been given to know the mysteries of the kingdom of the heavens” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) | |
| 870 | 13:11 | rcd3 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you | ὑμῖν | 1 | The word **you** is plural here and refers to the disciples. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) | |
| 871 | 13:11 | ah6u | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | Βασιλείας τῶν Οὐρανῶν | 1 | See how you translated this in [3:2](../03/02.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 872 | 13:12 | x34s | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs | ὅστις γὰρ ἔχει, δοθήσεται αὐτῷ καὶ περισσευθήσεται; ὅστις δὲ οὐκ ἔχει, καὶ ὃ ἔχει ἀρθήσεται ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ | 1 | This proverb draws a figurative comparison: Jesus speaks of understanding as if it were a physical item which could either be given or taken away. He is saying that for whoever is able to understand, God will allow them to understand more. But for whoever does not understand, God will take away even whatever little understanding they have. Alternate translation: “For whoever understands, God will allow that person to understand even more, and it will be plenty. But for whoever does not have understanding, God will take away what understanding they do have” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]]) | |
| 873 | 13:12 | j3rl | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun | ὅστις & ὅστις | 1 | The word **whoever** is referring to people in general and not to any specific person. If it would be helpful in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “if a person … if a person” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) | |
| 874 | 13:12 | v61y | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | δοθήσεται & ἀρθήσεται | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God will give … God will take” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 875 | 13:14 | jz9n | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes | καὶ ἀναπληροῦται αὐτοῖς ἡ προφητεία Ἠσαΐου ἡ λέγουσα, ἀκοῇ ἀκούσετε καὶ οὐ μὴ συνῆτε; καὶ βλέποντες βλέψετε καὶ οὐ μὴ ἴδητε | 1 | Matthew is quoting Jesus, and Jesus is quoting the prophet Isaiah. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “to them the prophecy of Isaiah is being fulfilled which says that though they hear, they will not understand, and though they see, they will not perceive” (See: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes) | |
| 876 | 13:14 | a1im | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | ἀκοῇ ἀκούσετε καὶ οὐ μὴ συνῆτε; καὶ βλέποντες βλέψετε καὶ οὐ μὴ ἴδητε | 1 | See how you translated the words **see** and **hear** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 877 | 13:15 | tfl1 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | ἡ καρδία τοῦ λαοῦ τούτου & καὶ τῇ καρδίᾳ συνῶσιν | 1 | Here, the word **heart** is used to refer to a person's mind or inner desires. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the minds of these people … they will understand in their minds” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 878 | 13:15 | ps56 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | ἐπιστρέψωσιν | 1 | The phrase **they might turn back** is figurative, referring to someone who repents of their sins and asks God for forgiveness. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “they repent” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 879 | 13:15 | q1h9 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | ἰάσομαι αὐτούς | 1 | The phrase **I will heal them** is figurative, meaning that he will forgive them for the sins that they have confessed. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “I will forgive their sins” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 880 | 13:16 | glp8 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche | ὑμῶν δὲ μακάριοι οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ ὅτι βλέπουσιν, καὶ τὰ ὦτα ὑμῶν ὅτι ἀκούουσιν | 1 | Here, **see** and **hear** are referring to the disciples ability to understand what Jesus is saying and doing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “You are blessed because you understand what you see with your eyes and what you hear with your ears” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) | |
| 881 | 13:16 | rlt3 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you | ὑμῶν & ὑμῶν | 1 | Both occurrences of **your** are plural and refer to the disciples. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) | |
| 882 | 13:16 | xczh | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis | καὶ τὰ ὦτα ὑμῶν ὅτι ἀκούουσιν | 1 | Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “and blessed are your ears, for they hear” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) | |
| 883 | 13:17 | bsj7 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you | ὑμῖν & βλέπετε & ἀκούετε | 1 | All occurrences of **you** are plural and refer to the disciples. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) | |
| 884 | 13:17 | e6ci | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | ἃ βλέπετε | 1 | The phrase **what you see** is referring to the healings and miracles which Jesus did. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the miracles you have seen me do” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 885 | 13:17 | lslf | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | καὶ οὐκ εἶδαν | 1 | If it would be helpful to your readers, you could give the reason why the prophets and kings **did not see** these things. Alternate translation: “but did not see them because they lived before my time” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 886 | 13:17 | q14w | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | ἃ ἀκούετε | 1 | The phrase **the things you hear** probably refers to the teachings of Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the things that you have heard me teach” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 887 | 13:18 | w35t | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables | ὑμεῖς οὖν ἀκούσατε τὴν παραβολὴν τοῦ σπείραντος | 1 | Jesus is not retelling the parable again, but is now explaining it to the disciples. Make sure this is clear to your audience. See the note in the chapter introduction for more information about this parable. Alternate translation: “Therefore, hear me explain the parable of the one who sowed the seed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]]) | |
| 888 | 13:19 | v2d7 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun | παντὸς ἀκούοντος | 1 | Jesus is speaking of people in general, and not about any specific person. If it would be helpful in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “People hearing” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) | |
| 889 | 13:19 | suhi | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche | τὸν λόγον τῆς βασιλείας | 1 | The phrase **the word** is referring to the entire message about **the kingdom**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “the message of the kingdom” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) | |
| 890 | 13:19 | het1 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | τὸν λόγον τῆς βασιλείας | 1 | Here the word **kingdom** is referring to the circumstance where God will rule, and people will gladly submit to his rule over them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the message about how God will rule over them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 891 | 13:19 | uo3l | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis | τῆς βασιλείας | 1 | Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “the kingdom of the heavens” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) | |
| 892 | 13:19 | a8nu | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | ἔρχεται ὁ πονηρὸς καὶ ἁρπάζει τὸ ἐσπαρμένον ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ | 1 | Jesus is speaking about Satan as if he were like a bird who **snatches away** seeds. God’s message is spoken of as if it **had been sown** in a person’s **heart**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “the evil one comes and takes away their understanding of God’s message from their heart” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 893 | 13:19 | sb7u | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | ὁ πονηρὸς | 1 | Here, **the evil one** refers to Satan. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Satan, who is the evil one,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 894 | 13:19 | r9u6 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | τὸ ἐσπαρμένον ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the seed which God sowed in his heart” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 895 | 13:19 | xi8f | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ | 1 | Here, the word **heart** is referring to the mind of the person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “in his mind” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 896 | 13:19 | wfd3 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ παρὰ τὴν ὁδὸν σπαρείς | 1 | Jesus speaks about what happens to these people as if it were what happens when seed is sown on the hard surface alongside the road. The seed is referring to God’s message. The road is referring to the persons **heart**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “When this happens, it is like what happened to seed being sown along the path” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 897 | 13:19 | xgz5 | παρὰ τὴν ὁδὸν | 1 | See how you translated this in [13:4](../13/04.md). | ||
| 898 | 13:20 | l5iv | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | ὁ & σπαρείς | 1 | The phrase **the one having been sown** is talking about the seed. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the seed which was sown” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 899 | 13:20 | rnct | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ τὸν λόγον ἀκούων καὶ εὐθὺς μετὰ χαρᾶς λαμβάνων αὐτόν | 1 | Jesus is comparing **the one hearing the word and immediately receiving it with joy** with the seed which is sown on rocky ground. In the same way that the seed sown on rocky soil does not have deep roots, so the person who immediately receives the message has not fully believed it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “this is like the person who hears the word and quickly receives it with joy” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 900 | 13:20 | w4f9 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche | τὸν λόγον | 1 | See how you translated **word** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) | |
| 901 | 13:20 | cl6g | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | τὸν λόγον | 1 | See how you translated **the word** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 902 | 13:20 | z76f | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ τὸν λόγον ἀκούων καὶ εὐθὺς μετὰ χαρᾶς λαμβάνων αὐτόν | 1 | Jesus is speaking about believing as if they were **receiving** God’s message. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “this seed is like the person who quickly receives God’s message with joy” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 903 | 13:21 | zg9q | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | οὐκ ἔχει δὲ ῥίζαν ἐν ἑαυτῷ, ἀλλὰ πρόσκαιρός ἐστιν | 1 | This expression, **but he has no root in himself, but is temporary**, means that the plant does not have deep enough roots to stay alive. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “but he does not have deep roots to stay alive” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 904 | 13:21 | ixil | rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast | ἀλλὰ πρόσκαιρός ἐστιν | 1 | Here, the second word **but** introduces a contrast. What follows the word **but** is in contrast to what precedes it. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “but rather, is temporary (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) | |
| 905 | 13:21 | lxuy | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns | γενομένης δὲ θλίψεως ἢ διωγμοῦ διὰ τὸν λόγον | 1 | If your language does not use an abstract noun for the ideas of **tribulation** and **persecution**, you could express the same ideas with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “for when people afflict and persecute him because of the word” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) | |
| 906 | 13:21 | xv50 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche | τὸν λόγον | 1 | See how you translated **word** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) | |
| 907 | 13:21 | lim9 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | εὐθὺς σκανδαλίζεται | 1 | The expression **to stumble** means that he no longer believes God’s message. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “immediately he stops believing God’s message” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 908 | 13:22 | d4h5 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | ὁ & σπαρείς | 1 | Here, Jesus is talking about the story of seed which was **sown** among the thorns, If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the seed having been sown” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 909 | 13:22 | rcj8 | ὁ δὲ εἰς τὰς ἀκάνθας σπαρείς | 1 | See how you translated **thorns** in [13:7](../13/07.md) | ||
| 910 | 13:22 | a3u1 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche | τὸν λόγον | -1 | See how you translated **the word** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) | |
| 911 | 13:22 | q2nh | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | ἡ μέριμνα τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου | 1 | The phrase **the worry of this age** is likely referring to caring about what a person will eat or drink. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “fretting about the expense of living” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 912 | 13:22 | wwf5 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification | ἡ ἀπάτη τοῦ πλούτου | 1 | Jesus speaks of **riches** as if it were a living thing that could deceive. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “finding all of their pleasure in wealth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) | |
| 913 | 13:22 | gn6z | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | ἄκαρπος γίνεται | 1 | The person is spoken of as if he were a plant. Being **unfruitful** represents not obeying what God wants them to do. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he does not do what God wants him to do” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 914 | 13:23 | xw4b | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | ὁ & ἐπὶ τὴν καλὴν γῆν σπαρείς | 1 | Here Jesus is referring to the story of the seed which fell on the **good soil**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the seed having been sown on the good soil” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 915 | 13:23 | ptb8 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | ὃς δὴ καρποφορεῖ καὶ ποιεῖ | 1 | Here the phrase **who indeed produces a crop and yields** means “a person who does many good things that please God”. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “who does many good things that please God, giving fruit” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 916 | 13:23 | wm3p | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis | ποιεῖ, ὃ μὲν ἑκατὸν, ὃ δὲ ἑξήκοντα, ὃ δὲ τριάκοντα | 1 | Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “some produce 100 times the grain that was sown, some produce 60 times the grain that was sown, and some produce 30 times the grain that was sown” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) | |
| 917 | 13:23 | i4t0 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers | ἑκατὸν & ἑξήκοντα & τριάκοντα | 1 | You can state the numbers as text. Alternate translation: “one hundred times … sixty … thirty” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) | |
| 918 | 13:24 | l5yx | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables | ἄλλην παραβολὴν παρέθηκεν αὐτοῖς λέγων, | 1 | To help the people understand his message, Jesus tells another story. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus told a story to help them understand:” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]]) | |
| 919 | 13:24 | xkov | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | ἄλλην παραβολὴν παρέθηκεν αὐτοῖς | 1 | Here the term **set before them** means that Jesus told the disciples another parable. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Jesus told them another parable” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 920 | 13:24 | iiv7 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns | αὐτοῖς | 1 | It is unknown to whom the pronoun **them** refers. Alternate translation: “the people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) | |
| 921 | 13:24-30 | k8pu | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile | ὡμοιώθη ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν, ἀνθρώπῳ σπείραντι καλὸν σπέρμα ἐν τῷ ἀγρῷ αὐτοῦ | 1 | Jesus is explaining about **the kingdom of the heavens** by using the entire story through [13:30](../13/30.md). See the note in the chapter introduction for more information. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) | |
| 922 | 13:24 | f8j5 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν | 1 | See how you translated **The kingdom of the heavens** in [3:2](../03/02.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 923 | 13:24 | u21k | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | καλὸν σπέρμα | 1 | Here **good seed** is referring to seed that produces the desired crops. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “seed that produces useful crops” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 924 | 13:25 | q4tv | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown | ζιζάνια | 1 | Here, **darnel** is a plant that looks like food, but the grain that it produces in poisonous. Your language and culture may have a term for this that you can use in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) | |
| 925 | 13:27 | h51x | τοῦ οἰκοδεσπότου | 1 | The **landowner** is the same person who sowed good seed in his field. | ||
| 926 | 13:27 | gr7d | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion | οὐχὶ καλὸν σπέρμα ἔσπειρας ἐν τῷ σῷ ἀγρῷ? | 1 | The servants used a question to emphasize their surprise. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “you sowed good seed in your field!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) | |
| 927 | 13:27 | fb86 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | οὐχὶ & ἔσπειρας | 1 | The landowner probably had his servants plant the seeds. Alternate translation: “did we not sow” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 928 | 13:28 | r83z | ὁ δὲ ἔφη αὐτοῖς | 1 | Alternate translation: “But the landowner said to the servants” | ||
| 929 | 13:28 | num8 | συλλέξωμεν αὐτά | 1 | The word **we** refers to the servants. | ||
| 930 | 13:29 | c9jc | ὁ δέ φησιν | 1 | Alternate translation: “But the landowner said to his servants” | ||
| 931 | 13:30 | z36a | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations | ἐρῶ τοῖς θερισταῖς, συλλέξατε πρῶτον τὰ ζιζάνια καὶ δήσατε αὐτὰ εἰς δέσμας πρὸς τὸ κατακαῦσαι αὐτά; τὸν δὲ σῖτον συναγάγετε εἰς τὴν ἀποθήκην μου. | 1 | You can translate this direct quotation as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: “I will tell the reapers to first gather up the darnel and tie them in bundles to burn them, and then gather the wheat into my barn” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) | |
| 932 | 13:30 | ll14 | τὴν ἀποθήκην | 1 | A **barn** is a farm building that can be used for storing grain, housing animals, and sheltering other farm items. | ||
| 933 | 13:31 | tdf4 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables | Connecting Statement: | 0 | # Connecting Statement:\n\nJesus describes the kingdom of heaven by beginning to tell a parable about a very small seed that grows into a very big plant. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]]) | |
| 934 | 13:31 | jw7u | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν | 1 | See how you translated **kingdom of the heavens** in [3:2](../03/02.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 935 | 13:31 | qby8 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown | κόκκῳ σινάπεως | 1 | A **mustard seed** is a very small seed that grows into a large plant. If this is unknown in your culture, use a similar type of seed in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) | |
| 936 | 13:32 | gyi1 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background | ὃ μικρότερον μέν ἐστιν πάντων τῶν σπερμάτων | 1 | The phrase **which is indeed the smallest of all the seeds** shows how small the seed is compared with how big it grows. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “This seed is the smallest of any seed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) | |
| 937 | 13:32 | g6v8 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | γίνεται δένδρον | 1 | Here, the phrase **becomes a tree** is an idiom meaning it grows until it becomes the size of a tree. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “grows to be a tree” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 938 | 13:33 | z94k | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile | ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν ζύμῃ | 1 | In this passage, Jesus is comparing **the kingdom of the heavens** with **yeast**. Jesus is saying that, just as yeast is mixed into flour and causes it to grow, so the kingdom of the heavens will grow. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning plainly. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) | |
| 939 | 13:33 | w8sb | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν | 1 | See how you translated **The kingdom of the heavens** in [4:2](../04/02.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 940 | 13:33 | xc9t | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown | ζύμῃ, ἣν λαβοῦσα, γυνὴ ἐνέκρυψεν εἰς ἀλεύρου σάτα τρία, ἕως οὗ ἐζυμώθη ὅλον | 1 | Bakers use **yeast** to act upon the bread dough, causing it to swell due to a chemical reaction that produces air bubbles. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “yeast, which is used to make bread dough swell” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) | |
| 941 | 13:33 | r88g | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume | ἀλεύρου σάτα τρία | 1 | You can translate this phrase as “a large amount of flour” or use a term that your culture uses for measuring large amounts of flour. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]]) | |
| 942 | 13:34 | nt7u | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism | ταῦτα πάντα ἐλάλησεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἐν παραβολαῖς τοῖς ὄχλοις, καὶ χωρὶς παραβολῆς οὐδὲν ἐλάλει αὐτοῖς | 1 | The phrases **All these things Jesus spoke in parables to the crowds** and **he was speaking nothing to them without a parable** mean the same thing. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you could combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “Jesus spoke all of these things to the crowds in parables” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) | |
| 943 | 13:34 | n54e | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | ταῦτα πάντα | 1 | The phrase **All these things** is referring to the parables which Jesus just taught. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “All of the things Jesus taught,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 944 | 13:34 | a5c7 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives | χωρὶς παραβολῆς οὐδὲν ἐλάλει αὐτοῖς | 1 | If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “he spoke only with parables” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) | |
| 945 | 13:35 | ybq5 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | πληρωθῇ τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ τοῦ προφήτου | 1 | If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “what God said through the prophet might be fulfilled” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 946 | 13:35 | p3tb | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations | διὰ τοῦ προφήτου λέγοντος, | 1 | Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “through the prophet … and this is what he said:” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) | |
| 947 | 13:35 | f9gl | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | ἀνοίξω ἐν παραβολαῖς τὸ στόμα μου | 1 | Jesus is using the phrase **I will open my mouth in parables** to mean speaking. Alternate translation: “I will speak in parables” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 948 | 13:35 | yx6y | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | κεκρυμμένα | 1 | If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “what I have hidden” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 949 | 13:35 | th8t | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns | ἀπὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου | 1 | If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **foundation**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “since God founded the world” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) | |
| 950 | 13:36 | pq2h | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent | τότε | 1 | # Connecting Statement:\n\nJesus is using the word translated **Then** to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) | |
| 951 | 13:37 | xj4s | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person | ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου | 1 | Jesus is referring to himself as the **Son of Man**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this in the first person, as modelled by UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) | |
| 952 | 13:38 | h9iz | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | οἱ υἱοὶ τῆς βασιλείας & οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ πονηροῦ | 1 | Here, the phrase **sons of the kingdom** is an idiom meaning “people over whom God rules.” The phrase **sons of the evil one** is an idiom meaning “people over whom Satan rules.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “the people over whom God rules … the people over whom Satan rules” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 953 | 13:38 | eni3 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | τῆς βασιλείας | 1 | See how you translated **the kingdom** in [3:2](../03/02.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 954 | 13:40 | rn64 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile | ὥσπερ οὖν συλλέγεται τὰ ζιζάνια καὶ πυρὶ κατακαίεται, οὕτως ἔσται ἐν τῇ συντελείᾳ τοῦ αἰῶνος | 1 | Jesus is comparing the parable to what is actually going to happen when God judges the world. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Therefore, similar to how the weeds were gathered up, this is what God is going to do with evil doers when he judges the world” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) | |
| 955 | 13:41 | fiy4 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person | ἀποστελεῖ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου τοὺς ἀγγέλους αὐτοῦ | 1 | See how you translated **Son of Man** in [13:37](../13/37.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) | |
| 956 | 13:41 | p5p9 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | ἐκ τῆς βασιλείας αὐτοῦ | 1 | Jesus is using the term **kingdom** here to refer to the whole world. If it would be helpful to your readers, make sure they understand this explicitly. Alternate translation: “from the whole world, which he rules over,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 957 | 13:41 | ptw9 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | πάντα τὰ σκάνδαλα | 1 | Here, the phrase **stumbling blocks** is speaking about people who cause other people to sin. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “all the one causing others to sin” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 958 | 13:42 | d9md | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | τὴν κάμινον τοῦ πυρός | 1 | Here, Jesus is referring to hell as a **furnace of fire**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “hell, which is hot like a fiery furnace” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 959 | 13:42 | zu3j | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction | ὁ κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων | 1 | Here, **grinding of the teeth** is a symbolic act, representing extreme pain and suffering. If there is a gesture with similar meaning in your culture, you could consider using it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “weeping and extreme suffering” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) | |
| 960 | 13:43 | azqy | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj | οἱ δίκαιοι | 1 | Jesus is using the adjective **righteous** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are righteous” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) | |
| 961 | 13:43 | u6sm | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile | ἐκλάμψουσιν ὡς ὁ ἥλιος | 1 | Here, Jesus is describing **the righteous** as if they were shining like **the sun**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) | |
| 962 | 13:43 | j487 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ | 1 | Jesus is using the term **kingdom** to mean where God dwells and where the righteous will dwell with him. Alternate translation: “when they are dwelling with God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 963 | 13:43 | sea2 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples | τοῦ Πατρὸς αὐτῶν | 1 | **Father** is an important title that describes the relationship between Jesus and God. Be sure to retain this title in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) | |
| 964 | 13:43 | zxh2 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | ὁ ἔχων ὦτα, ἀκουέτω | 1 | See how you translated a similar phrase in [11:15](../11/15.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 965 | 13:44-46 | fjm1 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables | 0 | In [13:44-46](../13/44-46.md), Jesus describes **the kingdom of heaven** by telling two parables about people who sold their possessions to purchase something of great value. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]]) | ||
| 966 | 13:44 | tac2 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile | ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν θησαυρῷ κεκρυμμένῳ ἐν τῷ ἀγρῷ | 1 | Here, Jesus is comparing **the kingdom of the heavens** with when a person finds **treasure**. He is saying that God's kingdom is as valuable to a person as a very expensive treasure which someone might find. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “The kingdom of the heavens is similar to a very valuable item which is found in a field” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) | |
| 967 | 13:44 | e9cv | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν | 1 | See how you translated **kingdom of the heavens** in [3:2](../03/02.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 968 | 13:44 | wg6a | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | κεκρυμμένῳ | 1 | If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which someone hid” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 969 | 13:44 | k9rh | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown | θησαυρῷ | 1 | A **treasure** is a very valuable and precious thing or collection of things. Your language and culture may have a term for this that you can use in your translation. Alternate translation: “a very valuable item” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) | |
| 970 | 13:45 | c633 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | ζητοῦντι καλοὺς μαργαρίτας | 1 | The author is implying here that the man is **seeking fine pearls** because he wants to buy them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “seeking to buy fine pearls” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 971 | 13:45 | znbs | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile | πάλιν ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν ἀνθρώπῳ ἐμπόρῳ ζητοῦντι καλοὺς μαργαρίτας | 1 | Here, Jesus is comparing **the kingdom of God** with **fine pearls**. He is saying that it is very valuable to a person just like pearls are to a person who buys them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning plainly, as expressed in the UST (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) | |
| 972 | 13:45 | auj6 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν | 1 | See how you translated **the kingdom of the heavens** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 973 | 13:45 | khy6 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown | ἀνθρώπῳ ἐμπόρῳ | 1 | A **merchant** is a trader who often obtains merchandise from distant places and takes it elsewhere to sell it to other people. If your readers would not understand the word **merchant**, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “a person who sells items” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) | |
| 974 | 13:45 | b88q | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown | καλοὺς μαργαρίτας | 1 | These pearls are beautiful and valuable mineral balls that people use as jewelry. They are formed inside the shell of a creature that lives at the bottom of the ocean. If your readers would not be familiar with pearls, you could express this idea in a more general way. Alternate translation: “decorations made from valuable materials” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) | |
| 975 | 13:47 | vw24 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables | 0 | # General Information\n\n\nJesus describes **the kingdom of heaven** by telling a parable about fishermen who use a large net to catch fish. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]]) | ||
| 976 | 13:47 | s2dd | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo | 0 | Jesus explains the meaning of the parable in [13:49](../13/49.md), so you do not need to explain the meaning here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) | ||
| 977 | 13:47 | g79n | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile | ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν σαγήνῃ βληθείσῃ εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν καὶ ἐκ παντὸς γένους συναγαγούσῃ | 1 | Here, Jesus compares **the kingdom of the heavens** with how a **net** catches many different kinds of fish. In this sentence, Jesus is not comparing the kingdom of the heavens with the net itself. He is rather comparing the kingdom of the heavens with what the net is doing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the kingdom of the heavens is comparable to how a net cast into the see gathers every kind of fish in it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) | |
| 978 | 13:47 | rjm4 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν | 1 | See how you translated **the kingdom of the heavens** in [3:2](../03/02.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 979 | 13:47 | vrp4 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | ὁμοία & σαγήνῃ βληθείσῃ εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν | 1 | If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “is like a net which fisherman threw into the sea” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 980 | 13:48 | aqhl | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | ἐπληρώθη | 1 | If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “fish filled the net” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 981 | 13:48 | cnp7 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj | τὰ καλὰ & τὰ & σαπρὰ | 1 | Jesus is using the adjectives **good** and **worthless** as a noun here in order to describe a group of as either good for eating or not good for eating. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “good fish … worthless fish” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) | |
| 982 | 13:49 | zawv | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | ἐξελεύσονται οἱ ἄγγελοι | 1 | Jesus does not say where the angels **go out** from. Jesus and his audience would have known that the angels went out from God’s presence. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “The angels will go out from God’s presence” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 983 | 13:49 | ah2k | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj | τοὺς πονηροὺς & τῶν δικαίων | 1 | Jesus is using the adjectives **wicked** and **righteous** as nouns in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are wicked … people who are righteous” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) | |
| 984 | 13:50 | j8nf | καὶ βαλοῦσιν αὐτοὺς εἰς τὴν κάμινον τοῦ πυρός. ἐκεῖ ἔσται ὁ κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων | 1 | See how you translated this verse in [13:42](../13/42.md). | ||
| 985 | 13:51 | p5ej | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations | συνήκατε ταῦτα πάντα? λέγουσιν αὐτῷ, ναί. | 1 | If it would be more natural in your language, you could express these as indirect quotations. Alternate translation: “Jesus asked them if they had understood all this, and they said that they did understand.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) | |
| 986 | 13:52 | g4dd | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | μαθητευθεὶς τῇ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν | 1 | See how you translated **the kingdom of the heavens** in [3:2](../03/02.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 987 | 13:52 | gr36 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables | 0 | In this parable, he talks about a man who gives people treasures out of his old and new belongings. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]]) | ||
| 988 | 13:52 | ip6e | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile | πᾶς γραμματεὺς & ὅμοιός ἐστιν ἀνθρώπῳ οἰκοδεσπότῃ, ὅστις ἐκβάλλει ἐκ τοῦ θησαυροῦ αὐτοῦ καινὰ καὶ παλαιά | 1 | Here, Jesus is comparing a **scribe** who obeys Jesus with **a man** who gives people new and old things from his treasure. Here, the treasure is referring to both old teachings of the law as well as new teachings which Jesus is bringing. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “every scribe … is comparable to a person who gives old and new things from their valuable items” or “every scribe … teaches both new and old teachings, which are like treasures to the people whom they teach” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) | |
| 989 | 13:52 | g59c | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown | τοῦ θησαυροῦ αὐτοῦ | 1 | See how you translated **treasure** in [13:44](../13/44.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) | |
| 990 | 13:53 | jwv2 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory | καὶ ἐγένετο ὅτε ἐτέλεσεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς τὰς παραβολὰς ταύτας, μετῆρεν ἐκεῖθεν | 1 | This verse tells the reader that the story about Jesus telling many parable to others is ending. Use the natural form in your language for expressing the conclusion of a story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]]) | |
| 991 | 13:54 | qnh9 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent | καὶ ἐλθὼν εἰς τὴν πατρίδα αὐτοῦ | 1 | Jesus is using the phrase **And having entered into his hometown** to introduce a new event in the story. Use a way in your language that people use to introduce a new event. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) | |
| 992 | 13:54 | q3ml | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | τὴν πατρίδα αὐτοῦ | 1 | Here, **his hometown** refers to the town of Nazareth, where Jesus grew up. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “his hometown, Nazareth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 993 | 13:54 | b3d2 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | πόθεν τούτῳ ἡ σοφία αὕτη καὶ αἱ δυνάμεις? | 1 | The people asked this question because they did not believe that Jesus had the power to do miracles and heal people. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “How can it be that this man has such great wisdom and does these miracles” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 994 | 13:55 | rk5e | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion | οὐχ οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ τοῦ τέκτονος υἱός? οὐχ ἡ μήτηρ αὐτοῦ λέγεται Μαριὰμ, καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ, Ἰάκωβος, καὶ Ἰωσὴφ, καὶ Σίμων, καὶ Ἰούδας? | 1 | The crowd uses these questions to express their belief that they know who Jesus is and that he is just an ordinary man. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “He is just the son of a carpenter. We know his mother Mary, and his brothers James, Joseph, Simon, and Judas.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) | |
| 995 | 13:55 | rpj9 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown | ὁ τοῦ τέκτονος υἱός | 1 | The word **carpenter** here is referring to someone who builds with wood. If your readers would not understand the word **carpenter**, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the son of the man who builds with wood” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) | |
| 996 | 13:55 | qspg | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | ὁ τοῦ τέκτονος υἱός | 1 | Jesus is using the phrase **the carpenter** to mean Jospeh, Jesus’ earthly father. Alternate translation: “the son of Joseph, the carpenter” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 997 | 13:56 | m9pn | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion | αἱ ἀδελφαὶ αὐτοῦ οὐχὶ πᾶσαι πρὸς ἡμᾶς εἰσιν? | 1 | The crowd uses this question to express their belief that they know who Jesus is and that he is just an ordinary man. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “all his sisters are with us, too.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) | |
| 998 | 13:56 | bnv1 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion | πόθεν οὖν τούτῳ ταῦτα πάντα? | 1 | The crowd uses this question to show their doubt concerning where Jesus got his abilities from. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “We do not know where he got these abilities!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) | |
| 999 | 13:56 | pqf1 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | ταῦτα πάντα | 1 | Here, **all these things** refers to Jesus’ wisdom and ability to do miracles mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “are his wisdom and ability to do miracles” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 1000 | 13:57 | f5md | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | ἐσκανδαλίζοντο ἐν αὐτῷ | 1 | If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Jesus offended them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 1001 | 13:57 | azn4 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives | οὐκ ἔστιν προφήτης ἄτιμος | 1 | Jesus uses a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “A prophet is always honored,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) | |
| 1002 | 13:57 | sq8j | τῇ πατρίδι | 1 | See how you translated **hometown** in [4:2](../04/02.md). | ||
| 1003 | 13:57 | w4x8 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ αὐτοῦ | 1 | Jesus uses the phrase **in his house** to refer to his closest relatives, like his father, mother, or siblings. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “among his closest family members” or “by his father, mother, and siblings” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 1004 | 13:58 | e2cp | rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result | καὶ οὐκ ἐποίησεν ἐκεῖ δυνάμεις πολλὰς, διὰ τὴν ἀπιστίαν αὐτῶν | 1 | If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Since they did not believe, Jesus did not do many miracles in that place” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) | |
| 1005 | 14:intro | g5mc | 0 | # Matthew 14 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nVerses 1 and 2 continue the account from chapter 13. Verses 3-12 stop the account and speak of things that happened earlier, possibly soon after Satan tempted Jesus (see [4:12](../mat/04/12.md)). Verse 13 continues the account from verse 2. Be sure to have words in verses 3-12 that tell the reader that Matthew has stopped his account to give new information before he continues. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])\n\n## Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### Passive voice\n\nMany sentences in this chapter tell that a person had something happen to him without saying who caused that thing to happen. For example, the writer does not tell who brought John’s head to Herodias’s daughter ([14:11](../mat/14/11.md)). You may have to translate the sentence so that it tells the reader who performed the action. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |||
| 1006 | 14:2 | pd1b | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes | καὶ εἶπεν τοῖς παισὶν αὐτοῦ, οὗτός ἐστιν Ἰωάννης ὁ Βαπτιστής; αὐτὸς ἠγέρθη ἀπὸ τῶν νεκρῶν, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο αἱ δυνάμεις ἐνεργοῦσιν ἐν αὐτῷ | 1 | If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “And he said to his servants that this is John the Baptist, and that he has been raised from the dead. Because of this, great powers are working in him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) | |
| 1007 | 14:2 | nx7x | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | αὐτὸς ἠγέρθη ἀπὸ τῶν νεκρῶν | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Matthew implies that God did it. Alternate translation: “God raised him from the dead” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 1008 | 14:2 | vve7 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification | διὰ τοῦτο αἱ δυνάμεις ἐνεργοῦσιν ἐν αὐτῷ | 1 | Jesus speaks of **the miraculous powers** as if they were a living thing. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “this is why God has given him great power to do miracles” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) | |
| 1009 | 14:3-12 | zgp9 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background | γὰρ | 1 | From here until [14:12](../14/12.md), Jesus gives the reader background information explaining why Herod said that John was raised from the dead. He is explaining how John died. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “For John died in this way:” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) | |
| 1010 | 14:3 | zsvz | rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result | ὁ γὰρ Ἡρῴδης κρατήσας τὸν Ἰωάννην, ἔδησεν αὐτὸν καὶ ἐν φυλακῇ ἀπέθετο | 1 | If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Because of Herodias, Herod’s brother’s wife, Herod had John arrested, bound, and thrown into prison” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) | |
| 1011 | 14:3 | d3gp | rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential | ὁ γὰρ Ἡρῴδης κρατήσας τὸν Ἰωάννην, ἔδησεν αὐτὸν καὶ ἐν φυλακῇ ἀπέθετο | 1 | The events described by **arrested**, **bound** and **put in prison** happened in that order. Make sure this is understandable to your audience. Alternate translation: “For Herod first arrested him. Then he bound him and then put him in prison” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]]) | |
| 1012 | 14:3 | h466 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | ὁ γὰρ Ἡρῴδης κρατήσας τὸν Ἰωάννην, ἔδησεν αὐτὸν καὶ ἐν φυλακῇ ἀπέθετο | 1 | Jesus is using the term **Herod** to mean the soldiers who work for him. If it would be helpful to your reader, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Herod sent his soldiers to arrest John, bind him, and put him in prison” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 1013 | 14:3 | lr92 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | τὴν γυναῖκα Φιλίππου | 1 | **Philip** was the name of a man who was Herod’s brother. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) | |
| 1014 | 14:4 | n1t6 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes | ἔλεγεν γὰρ αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰωάννης, οὐκ ἔξεστίν σοι ἔχειν αὐτήν. | 1 | If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “For John was saying that it was not lawful for him to have her” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) | |
| 1015 | 14:6 | fvs5 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | ἐν τῷ μέσῳ | 1 | If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express who she was dancing **in the midst** of explicitly. Alternate translation: “in the midst of the guests attending the birthday celebration” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 1016 | 14:6 | vdik | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown | γενεσίοις δὲ γενομένοις τοῦ Ἡρῴδου | 1 | In some cultures, people celebrate the day that someone was born. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state what it means explicitly. Alternate translation: “And as they were celebrating Herod’s birthday” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) | |
| 1017 | 14:8 | rhk5 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | ἡ δὲ προβιβασθεῖσα ὑπὸ τῆς μητρὸς αὐτῆς | 1 | If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Now she, because her mother urged her beforehand” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 1018 | 14:8 | ruy4 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown | πίνακι | 1 | If it would be helpful in your language, you could state what the word **platter** means explicitly. Alternate translation: “a large serving plate” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) | |
| 1019 | 14:9 | s8zp | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | καὶ ἐλυπήθη ὁ βασιλεὺς | 1 | If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The king grieved” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 1020 | 14:9 | j6nu | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | ἐκέλευσεν δοθῆναι | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Matthew implies that “the soldiers” did it. Alternate translation: “Herod commanded that the soldiers give to her” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 1021 | 14:11 | nd5r | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | ἠνέχθη ἡ κεφαλὴ αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ πίνακι, καὶ ἐδόθη τῷ κορασίῳ | 1 | If your language does not use this passive form, you could state this in active form. Alternate translation: “someone brought his head on a platter and gave it to the girl” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 1022 | 14:11 | pba6 | πίνακι | 1 | See how you translated **platter** in verse [14:8](../14/08.md). | ||
| 1023 | 14:12 | mq89 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | ἐλθόντες, ἀπήγγειλαν τῷ Ἰησοῦ | 1 | The disciples came to Jesus to tell him what happened to John. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the disciples of John went and told Jesus what had happened to John the Baptist” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 1024 | 14:13 | id97 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background | ἀκούσας δὲ, ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἀνεχώρησεν ἐκεῖθεν ἐν πλοίῳ εἰς ἔρημον τόπον κατ’ ἰδίαν | 1 | Here, Matthew is providing the reader with background information for what Jesus is about to do. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “After hearing about this, Jesus was going away from there in a boat to an empty place by himself” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) | |
| 1025 | 14:13 | ia39 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | ὁ Ἰησοῦς | 1 | Matthew implies here that the disciples were traveling with Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus and his disciples” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 1026 | 14:13 | ipm9 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | πεζῇ | 1 | Here, **on foot** is an idiom meaning that they walked. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation, with a preceding comma: “walking” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 1027 | 14:15 | otp3 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | ἡ ὥρα ἤδη παρῆλθεν | 1 | This phrase means it was late in the day. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “it is already late in the day” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 1028 | 14:16 | r5gd | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you | δότε αὐτοῖς ὑμεῖς | 1 | The word **You** is plural, referring to the disciples. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) | |
| 1029 | 14:17 | ih48 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions | εἰ μὴ πέντε ἄρτους | 1 | If it would appear in your language that the disciples are making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “since we only have five loaves and two fish” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]]) | |
| 1030 | 14:19 | i34u | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction | ἀναβλέψας εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν | 1 | Here, **looked up to heaven** is symbolic for praying. If there is a gesture with similar meaning in your culture, you could consider using it here in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) | |
| 1031 | 14:19 | bf1a | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis | εὐλόγησεν καὶ κλάσας | 1 | Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “he blessed them, and having broken the food into pieces” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) | |
| 1032 | 14:19 | t7ei | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis | οἱ δὲ μαθηταὶ τοῖς ὄχλοις | 1 | Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “and the disciples gave the loaves to the crowds” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) | |
| 1033 | 14:21 | als7 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers | ἄνδρες & πεντακισχίλιοι | 1 | Alternate translation: “five thousand men” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) | |
| 1034 | 14:22 | yp8l | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background | ἠνάγκασεν τοὺς μαθητὰς ἐμβῆναι εἰς τὸ πλοῖον, καὶ προάγειν αὐτὸν εἰς τὸ πέραν, ἕως οὗ ἀπολύσῃ τοὺς ὄχλους | 1 | Matthew is providing background information for the next story, about Jesus walking on the water. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “Jesus made the disciples get into the boat and precede him to the other side while he was sending away the crowds (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) | |
| 1035 | 14:24 | vzd1 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background | τὸ δὲ πλοῖον ἤδη μέσον τῆς θαλάσσης ἦν βασανιζόμενον ὑπὸ τῶν κυμάτων, ἦν γὰρ ἐναντίος ὁ ἄνεμος | 1 | Matthew provides more information to help the reader understand the follow verses. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “The boat was already in the middle of the sea and was being tossed around by waves because of a strong opposing wind” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) | |
| 1036 | 14:25 | pmw8 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown | τετάρτῃ δὲ φυλακῇ τῆς νυκτὸς | 1 | If it would be helpful in your language, you could state what **fourth watch** means explicitly. Alternate translation: “some time just before the sun rose” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) | |
| 1037 | 14:26 | h7df | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations | λέγοντες, ὅτι φάντασμά | 1 | If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “saying that he is a ghost” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) | |
| 1038 | 14:30 | sk3j | βλέπων & τὸν ἄνεμον ἰσχυρὸν | 1 | Here, **seeing the strong wind** means he observed the turbulent effect the powerful gusts had on the water. Alternate translation: “when Peter saw that the strong wind was causing large waves” | ||
| 1039 | 14:31 | ia1d | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | εἰς τί ἐδίστασας? | 1 | Here, **doubt** is referring to Peter not trusting that Jesus could keep him from sinking. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “why did you doubt that I could keep you from sinking” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 1040 | 14:31 | cr9i | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion | εἰς τί ἐδίστασας? | 1 | Jesus is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you certainly should not have doubted!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) | |
| 1041 | 14:33 | u8pu | rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples | Θεοῦ Υἱὸς | 1 | **Son of God** is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) | |
| 1042 | 14:34 | cv3f | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | καὶ διαπεράσαντες | 1 | Matthew implies that they **crossed over** the Sea of Galilee. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “After crossing over the Sea of Galilee” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 1043 | 14:34 | x9nu | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | Γεννησαρέτ | 1 | **Gennesaret** is a small town on the northwest shore of the Sea of Galilee. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) | |
| 1044 | 14:35 | xd7c | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole | πάντας | 1 | Here, **all** does not mean every single person, but it means many people who were sick. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language to express this. Alternate translation: “many of” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) | |
| 1045 | 14:36 | mw8n | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | διεσώθησαν | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Matthew implies that “Jesus” did it. Alternate translation, preceded by a comma: “Jesus healed them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 1046 | 15:intro | i9a5 | 0 | # Matthew 15 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 15:8-9, which are words from the Old Testament.\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### The “traditions of the elders”\n\nThe “traditions of the elders” were oral laws that the Jewish religious leaders developed because they wanted to make sure that everyone obeyed the law of Moses. However, they often worked harder to obey these rules than to obey the law of Moses itself. Jesus rebuked the religious leaders for this, and they became angry as a result. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])\n\n### Jews and Gentiles\n\nThe Jews of Jesus’ time thought that only Jews could please God by the way they lived. Jesus healed a Canaanite Gentile woman’s daughter to show his followers that he would accept both Jews and Gentiles as his people.\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### Sheep\n\nThe Bible often speaks of people as if they were sheep because sheep require someone to take care of them. This is because they do not see well and they often go to where predatory animals can easily kill and eat them . (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |||
| 1047 | 15:1 | q6af | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent | τότε | 1 | Jesus is using the word translated **Then** to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) | |
| 1048 | 15:2 | j1b8 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion | διὰ τί οἱ μαθηταί σου παραβαίνουσιν τὴν παράδοσιν τῶν πρεσβυτέρων? | 1 | The Pharisees are using the question form to challenge Jesus about why his disciples are not following the traditions of the elders. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Your disciples certainly violate the traditions of the elders!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) | |
| 1049 | 15:2 | yn6l | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown | τὴν παράδοσιν τῶν πρεσβυτέρων | 1 | Here, **the traditions of the elders** is not referring to the law of Moses, but to man-made laws. Your language and culture may have a term for this that you can use in your translation. Alternate translation: “traditional teachings which previous leaders created” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) | |
| 1050 | 15:2 | gfn6 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | οὐ & νίπτονται τὰς χεῖρας | 1 | This washing is not only to clean the hands of filth, but also to rid the body of impurities. It is one which the Pharisees participated in, and often they compelled other people to do so as well. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “they do not follow the ritual of washing their hands of their impurities” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 1051 | 15:3 | ia1e | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion | διὰ τί καὶ ὑμεῖς παραβαίνετε τὴν ἐντολὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ διὰ τὴν παράδοσιν ὑμῶν? | 1 | Jesus is using the question form to challenge the Pharisees. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You are violating the commandment of God because of your traditions!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) | |
| 1052 | 15:4 | srz6 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes | τίμα τὸν πατέρα καὶ τὴν μητέρα καί ὁ κακολογῶν πατέρα ἢ μητέρα, θανάτῳ τελευτάτω | 1 | If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “For Moses said to honor your father and mother. He also said that the person who speaks evil against his father or mother deserves to die” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) | |
| 1053 | 15:5 | ql75 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | δῶρον | 1 | It might be necessary in your language to say for whom the gift is intended. This gift is given to God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “is a gift for God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 1054 | 15:5 | l8t0 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes | ὑμεῖς δὲ λέγετε, ὃς ἂν εἴπῃ τῷ πατρὶ ἢ τῇ μητρί, δῶρον ὃ ἐὰν ἐξ ἐμοῦ ὠφεληθῇς | 1 | If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “But you say that whoever says to his father or mother ‘Whatever might have been helpful from me is a gift’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) | |
| 1055 | 15:6 | q3kt | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | πατέρα | 1 | Here, the word **father** implies the idea of both the father and the mother. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “father and mother” or “parents” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 1056 | 15:6 | znt9 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | ἠκυρώσατε τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ | 1 | Here, the phrase **the word of God** is referring to God’s commandments in the Old Testament. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “you have voided God’s commandments” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 1057 | 15:7 | t4fq | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations | ὑποκριταί | 1 | Jesus calls them **hypocrites** in an exclamatory way to emphasize his anger with them. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating this. Alternate translation: “You are hypocrites!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) | |
| 1058 | 15:7 | n4ti | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations | λέγων | 1 | Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation without the preceding comma: “when he said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) | |
| 1059 | 15:8 | qw69 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | ὁ λαὸς οὗτος τοῖς χείλεσίν με τιμᾷ | 1 | Isaiah, whom Jesus is quoting, is using the term **lips** to mean the spoken word. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “This people honors me when they speak” or “This people honors me with their words” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 1060 | 15:8 | bz91 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns | με & ἐμοῦ | 1 | Here, both uses of the word **me** are referring to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “me, God … me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) | |
| 1061 | 15:8 | wuw3 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | ἡ & καρδία | 1 | Jesus is using the term **heart** to mean a person’s inner thoughts or desires. Alternate translation: “desire” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 1062 | 15:8 | q7vm | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | ἡ δὲ καρδία αὐτῶν πόρρω ἀπέχει ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ | 1 | Here, the phrase **far away from me** is an idiom meaning that they do not love God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “but they do not love me in their hearts” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 1063 | 15:8 | hr29 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast | δὲ | 1 | Here, **but** contrasts what is before it to what comes after it. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) | |
| 1064 | 15:9 | vvb9 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession | ἐντάλματα ἀνθρώπων | 1 | James is using the possessive form to describe these **commandments** as things which are created by people instead of God. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “man-made” instead of the noun “men.” Alternate translation: “man-made commandments” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) | |
| 1065 | 15:11 | s28y | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | οὐ τὸ εἰσερχόμενον εἰς τὸ στόμα κοινοῖ τὸν ἄνθρωπον, ἀλλὰ τὸ ἐκπορευόμενον ἐκ τοῦ στόματος, τοῦτο κοινοῖ τὸν ἄνθρωπον | 1 | Jesus is using the phrase **enters into the mouth** to mean that which a person eats. He is using the phrase **comes out from the mouth** to mean what a person says. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Nothing that a person eats defiles him, but what a person says, this is what defiles him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 1066 | 15:12 | l2uj | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | οἱ Φαρισαῖοι & ἐσκανδαλίσθησαν | 1 | If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the Pharisees … were upset” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 1067 | 15:13 | n5ij | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | πᾶσα φυτεία ἣν οὐκ ἐφύτευσεν ὁ Πατήρ μου ὁ οὐράνιος ἐκριζωθήσεται | 1 | Here, Jesus refers to the Pharisees as if they were plants. He also speaks of God as if he is a farmer who **uproots** the plants, judging them. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “The Pharisees are like plants that my Heavenly Father will pull up because he did not plant them” or “The Pharisees will be judged severely by my Heavenly Father because they do not obey him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 1068 | 15:13 | j49e | rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples | ὁ Πατήρ μου ὁ οὐράνιος | 1 | The phrase **my heavenly Father** is an important title that describes the relationship between Jesus and God. Be sure to retain this title in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) | |
| 1069 | 15:13 | hs4t | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | ἐκριζωθήσεται | 1 | If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he will uproot” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 1070 | 15:14 | r167 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns | αὐτούς | 1 | The word **them** refers to the Pharisees. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Pharisees” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) | |
| 1071 | 15:14 | ai9x | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | ὁδηγοί εἰσιν τυφλοί τυφλὸς, δὲ τυφλὸν ἐὰν ὁδηγῇ, ἀμφότεροι εἰς βόθυνον πεσοῦνται | 1 | Jesus speaks of the Pharisees as if they were blind people trying to **guide** other **blind** people. Jesus means that the Pharisees do not understand how to help people obey God, because they themselves do not know how to obey God. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “They are like sightless guides. But if the sightless guide leads the sightless person along, both will fall into a hole” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 1072 | 15:15 | shg6 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns | ἡμῖν | 1 | By **us**, Peter means himself and the other disciples but not Jesus, so use the exclusive form of that word in your translation if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) | |
| 1073 | 15:16 | al9z | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion | ἀκμὴν καὶ ὑμεῖς ἀσύνετοί ἐστε? | 1 | Jesus is using the question form to challenge the disciples. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “After all I have said and done, I am amazed that you still do not understand” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) | |
| 1074 | 15:17 | l5nt | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion | οὔπω νοεῖτε ὅτι πᾶν τὸ εἰσπορευόμενον εἰς τὸ στόμα, εἰς τὴν κοιλίαν χωρεῖ, καὶ εἰς ἀφεδρῶνα ἐκβάλλεται? | 1 | Jesus is using the question form to challenge his disciples. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You ought to understand that everything that goes into a persons mouth passes into the stomach and is passed out into the toilet” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) | |
| 1075 | 15:17 | s9z6 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown | ἀφεδρῶνα | 1 | Here, **latrine** is a word which means the place where people bury bodily waste. Your language and culture may have a term for this that you can use in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) | |
| 1076 | 15:18 | ca1w | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | τὰ & ἐκπορευόμενα ἐκ τοῦ στόματος | 1 | Jesus is using the phrase **proceeding out of the mouth** to mean speaking. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the things which a person speaks” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 1077 | 15:18 | jt6o | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | τῆς καρδίας | 1 | Jesus is using the term **heart** to mean a persons inner desires or thoughts. If it would it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this in a plain way. Alternate translation: “a persons inner thoughts” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 1078 | 15:20 | bme7 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations | ἄνθρωπον & ἄνθρωπον | 1 | Although the term **man** is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If you retain the metaphor in your translation, you could say “people” to indicate this. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) | |
| 1079 | 15:21 | e5gv | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent | 0 | Here, Matthew is introducing a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) | ||
| 1080 | 15:21 | t81u | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἀνεχώρησεν | 1 | It is implied that the disciples went with Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus and his disciples withdrew” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 1081 | 15:22 | x1wm | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants | ἰδοὺ, γυνὴ Χαναναία ἀπὸ τῶν ὁρίων ἐκείνων ἐξελθοῦσα | 1 | Matthew is using the phrase **behold, a Canaanite woman, having come out** to introduce the **Canaanite woman** as a new participant in the story. If your language has its own way of introducing new participants, you could use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “behold, there was a woman from the people called the Canaanites who was coming from their region” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) | |
| 1082 | 15:22 | xs64 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship | Υἱὸς Δαυείδ | 1 | Jesus was not David’s literal **Son**, but his descendant. The title **Son of David** is also an important messianic title. Make sure this is clear to your readers. Alternate translation: “Descendant of King David, Messiah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]]) | |
| 1083 | 15:22 | j6rt | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | ἡ θυγάτηρ μου κακῶς δαιμονίζεται | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Matthew implies that “a demon” did it. Alternate translation: “A demon is controlling my daughter” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 1084 | 15:23 | hd2i | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | οὐκ ἀπεκρίθη αὐτῇ λόγον | 1 | Matthew is using the phrase **he did not answer her a word** to mean that he did not respond at all to her cries for help. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he kept silent” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 1085 | 15:24 | t9ga | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | οὐκ ἀπεστάλην | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Matthew implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God did not send me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 1086 | 15:24 | wfnx | rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions | οὐκ ἀπεστάλην εἰ μὴ εἰς τὰ πρόβατα τὰ ἀπολωλότα οἴκου Ἰσραήλ | 1 | If it would in appear your language that Jesus was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “I was sent only for the lost sheep of the house of Israel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]]) | |
| 1087 | 15:24 | u9t4 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | εἰς τὰ πρόβατα τὰ ἀπολωλότα οἴκου Ἰσραήλ | 1 | Here, Jesus is referring to the people of **Israel** who have gone astray as **lost sheep**. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to the people of Israel who have wandered like lost sheep” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 1088 | 15:25 | u3jj | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction | προσεκύνει αὐτῷ | 1 | Here, **bowed down to him** was a sign of honor which was often shown in their culture. If it would be helpful to your readers, use a similar action from your culture. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) | |
| 1089 | 15:26 | ihz4 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs | οὐκ ἔστιν καλὸν λαβεῖν τὸν ἄρτον τῶν τέκνων καὶ βαλεῖν τοῖς κυναρίοις | 1 | This proverb draws a figurative comparison: The people of Israel are like the children of a house because they are the offspring of the parents. But non-Israelite people are like dogs because they are not the offspring. You can translate the proverb itself in a way that will be recognized as a proverb and be meaningful in your language and culture. Alternate translation: “It is not good to share the message intended for the people of Israel with those from other places” or “It is not good to give something to a person for whom it was not intended” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]]) | |
| 1090 | 15:27 | yvw1 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | καὶ & τὰ κυνάρια ἐσθίει ἀπὸ τῶν ψιχίων τῶν πιπτόντων ἀπὸ τῆς τραπέζης τῶν κυρίων αὐτῶν | 1 | The woman responds by using the same imagery as Jesus used in the metaphor he just spoke. She means non-Jews should be able to have a small amount of the good things Jews are wasting. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 1091 | 15:27 | i5tt | τὰ κυνάρια | 1 | See how you translated **little dogs** in the previous verse. | ||
| 1092 | 15:28 | tea2 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | γενηθήτω | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Matthew implies that Jesus did it. Alternate translation: “I will do this” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 1093 | 15:28 | n229 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | ἰάθη ἡ θυγάτηρ αὐτῆς | 1 | If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Jesus healed her daughter” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 1094 | 15:28 | wwq3 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | ἀπὸ τῆς ὥρας ἐκείνης | 1 | Here, **from that hour** is an idiom that means “at that moment”. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “at that moment” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 1095 | 15:29 | np6e | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent | 0 | Matthew is using this verse to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) | ||
| 1096 | 15:30 | c8td | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj | χωλούς, τυφλούς, κυλλούς, κωφούς | 1 | Jesus is using the adjectives **the lame, the blind, the crippled, the mute** as nouns in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase, as demonstrated in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) | |
| 1097 | 15:30 | yf7i | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | ἔρριψαν αὐτοὺς παρὰ τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ | 1 | Here, the phrase **they laid them at his feet** is an idiom meaning “they laid them in front of him”. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “they laid them in front of Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 1098 | 15:30 | gy3h | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns | αὐτοὺς | 1 | Here, the word **them** is referring to the many sick people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the sick people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) | |
| 1099 | 15:31 | be52 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj | κωφοὺς & κυλλοὺς & χωλοὺς & τυφλοὺς | 1 | See the note in the previous verse for how to translate these adjectives. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) | |
| 1100 | 15:33 | uhi3 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion | πόθεν ἡμῖν ἐν ἐρημίᾳ, ἄρτοι τοσοῦτοι ὥστε χορτάσαι ὄχλον τοσοῦτον? | 1 | The disciples are using the question form to challenge Jesus. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “There is certainly no place in the wilderness where we can get enough food to feed this large crowd!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]). | |
| 1101 | 15:34 | k86l | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis | ἑπτά | 1 | The disciples are leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation, with following comma deleted: “We have seven loaves” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) | |
| 1102 | 15:36 | a9s4 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis | οἱ δὲ μαθηταὶ τοῖς ὄχλοις | 1 | Matthew is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “and the disciples were giving them to the crowd” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) | |
| 1103 | 15:38 | z66m | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers | τετρακισχίλιοι ἄνδρες | 1 | Alternate translation: “four thousand men” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) | |
| 1104 | 15:39 | m8dp | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | Μαγαδάν | 1 | This region is sometimes called “Magdala.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) | |
| 1105 | 16:intro | za2k | 0 | # Matthew 16 General Notes\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Yeast\n\nJesus spoke of the way people thought about God as if it were bread, and he spoke of what people taught about God as if it were the yeast that makes bread dough become larger and the baked bread taste good. He did not want his followers to listen to what the Pharisees and Sadducees taught. This was because if they did listen, they would not understand who God is and how he wants his people to live. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter\n\n### Metaphor\n\nJesus told his people to obey his commands. He did this by telling them to “follow” him. It is as if he were walking on a path and they were walking after him. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### Background information\n\nMatthew continues his account from chapter 15 in verses 1-20. The account stops in verse 21 so that Matthew can tell the reader that Jesus told his disciples again and again that people would kill him after he arrived in Jerusalem. Then the account continues in verses 22-27 with what happened the first time Jesus told the disciples that he would die.\n\n### Paradox\n\nA paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. Jesus uses a paradox when he says, “Whoever wants to save his life will lose it, and whoever loses his life for my sake will find it” ([Matthew 16:25](../mat/16/25.md)). | |||
| 1106 | 16:1 | t7p5 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | πειράζοντες | 1 | Here, **testing** is used in a negative sense. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “challenging him” or “wanting to trap him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 1107 | 16:4 | jl3e | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person | γενεὰ πονηρὰ καὶ μοιχαλὶς | 1 | See how you translated this in [12:39](../12/39.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) | |
| 1108 | 16:4 | fhx6 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | γενεὰ πονηρὰ καὶ μοιχαλὶς | 1 | Here, **adulterous** is a metaphor for people who are not faithful to God. See how you translated this in [12:39](../12/39.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 1109 | 16:4 | d9eq | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | σημεῖον οὐ δοθήσεται αὐτῇ | 2 | If your language does not use this passive form, you could state this in active form. Alternate translation: “I will not give it a sign” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 1110 | 16:4 | dep2 | εἰ μὴ τὸ σημεῖον Ἰωνᾶ | 1 | See how you translated this in [12:39](../12/39.md). Alternate translation: “except the same sign God gave to Jonah the prophet” | ||
| 1111 | 16:5 | ii6j | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent | καὶ | 1 | Jesus is using the word translated **And** to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) | |
| 1112 | 16:5 | si9k | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis | τὸ πέραν | 1 | Matthew is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “the opposite shore” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) | |
| 1113 | 16:6 | hfz2 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | τῆς ζύμης τῶν Φαρισαίων καὶ Σαδδουκαίων | 1 | Here, **yeast** is a metaphor that refers to evil ideas and wrong teaching. Translate it as **yeast** here and do not explain its meaning in your translation. This meaning will be made clear in [16:12](../16/12.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 1114 | 16:8 | mg8s | ὀλιγόπιστοι | 1 | See how you translated this in [6:30](../06/30.md). | ||
| 1115 | 16:8 | zz4i | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion | τί διαλογίζεσθε ἐν ἑαυτοῖς, ὀλιγόπιστοι, ὅτι ἄρτους οὐκ ἔχετε? | 1 | Jesus is using the question form to challenge his disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “I am disappointed that you think it was because you forgot to bring bread that I talked about the yeast of the Pharisees and Sadducees.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) | |
| 1116 | 16:9 | h5bg | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion | οὔπω νοεῖτε, οὐδὲ μνημονεύετε τοὺς πέντε ἄρτους τῶν πεντακισχιλίων, καὶ πόσους κοφίνους ἐλάβετε? | 1 | Jesus uses a question to rebuke his disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “Surely you remember the five loaves of the 5,000, and how many baskets you gathered up!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) | |
| 1117 | 16:9 | ux51 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers | τῶν πεντακισχιλίων | 1 | Alternate translation: “of the five thousand” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) | |
| 1118 | 16:10 | ejm5 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion | οὐδὲ τοὺς ἑπτὰ ἄρτους τῶν τετρακισχιλίων, καὶ πόσας σπυρίδας ἐλάβετε? | 1 | Jesus uses a question to rebuke his disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “Surely you also remember the seven loaves of the 4,000, and how many baskets you took up!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) | |
| 1119 | 16:10 | b11x | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers | τῶν τετρακισχιλίων | 1 | Alternate translation: “of the four thousand” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) | |
| 1120 | 16:11 | mb2z | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion | πῶς οὐ νοεῖτε, ὅτι οὐ περὶ ἄρτων εἶπον ὑμῖν? | 1 | Jesus uses this question to rebuke the disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “You should have known that I was not speaking about bread.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) | |
| 1121 | 16:11 | i7x6 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | τῆς ζύμης τῶν Φαρισαίων καὶ Σαδδουκαίων | 1 | Here, **yeast** represents evil ideas and wrong teaching. Translate as “yeast” here and do not explain the meaning in your translation. In the next verse, Jesus will tell the disciples the meaning. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 1122 | 16:12 | f73l | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns | συνῆκαν | 1 | The pronoun **they** refers to the disciples. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “the disciples realized” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) | |
| 1123 | 16:13 | e5cm | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent | δὲ | 1 | Jesus is using the word translated **Now** to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) | |
| 1124 | 16:13 | e1jh | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person | τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου | 1 | Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the first person form, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) | |
| 1125 | 16:16 | n5wi | rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples | ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ τοῦ ζῶντος | 1 | **Son** is an important title that describes the relationship between Jesus and God. Be sure to retain this title in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) | |
| 1126 | 16:16 | r1h7 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | τοῦ Θεοῦ τοῦ ζῶντος | 1 | Here, Peter uses the phrase **living God** to speaking about God as being alive. This is to contrast God, the only true God, with the other gods, who are not real. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “of the only true God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 1127 | 16:17 | yh0s | rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result | μακάριος εἶ, Σίμων Βαριωνᾶ, ὅτι σὰρξ καὶ αἷμα οὐκ ἀπεκάλυψέν σοι, ἀλλ’ ὁ Πατήρ μου, ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς | 1 | If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Because flesh and blood did not reveal this to you, but my Father in the heavens, you are blessed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) | |
| 1128 | 16:17 | le6a | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | Σίμων Βαριωνᾶ | 1 | The word **Bar** is an Aramaic word which means son. You will need to decide if you will also borrow this word into your language or if you will translate the meaning. Either approach has broad support. If you borrow the word, you could spell it the way it sounds in your language and then put the translation in a footnote. Alternative translation: “Simon, the son of Jonah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]]) | |
| 1129 | 16:17 | g8s5 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast | σὰρξ καὶ αἷμα οὐκ ἀπεκάλυψέν σοι, ἀλλ’ ὁ Πατήρ μου, ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς | 1 | Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “but rather” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) | |
| 1130 | 16:17 | wix3 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns | οὐκ ἀπεκάλυψέν | 1 | The pronoun **this** refers to Peter’s pronouncement in the previous verse about Jesus being “the Christ, the Son of the living God.” It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “did not reveal to you that I am the Christ, the Son of the living God” or “did not give you the knowledge to say this” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) | |
| 1131 | 16:17 | v5lw | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis | ἀλλ’ ὁ Πατήρ μου, ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς | 1 | Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “but my Father in the heavens revealed it to you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) | |
| 1132 | 16:17 | gi3l | rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples | ὁ Πατήρ μου | 1 | **Father** is an important title that describes the relationship between Jesus and God. Be sure to retain this title in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) | |
| 1133 | 16:18 | z897 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | ὅτι σὺ εἶ Πέτρος, καὶ ἐπὶ ταύτῃ τῇ πέτρᾳ οἰκοδομήσω μου τὴν ἐκκλησίαν | 1 | Here, Jesus uses the imagery of **Peter** as a **rock**. The name **Peter** means **rock**. It might be helpful to state this explicitly in your language to make this imagery and wordplay clear to your readers. See how this is demonstrated in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) | |
| 1134 | 16:18 | x43d | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | ἐπὶ ταύτῃ τῇ πέτρᾳ οἰκοδομήσω μου τὴν ἐκκλησίαν | 1 | Here, **build my church** is a metaphor for uniting the people who believe in Jesus into a community. The phrase **this rock** could represent: (1) Peter himself. Alternate translation: “upon this rock, which is you” or (2) the truth that Peter had just said in [16:16](../16/16.md). Alternate translation: “upon what you have said, which is like a foundation of rock” If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 1135 | 16:18 | vu9u | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | πύλαι ᾍδου οὐ κατισχύσουσιν αὐτῆς | 1 | Jesus is using the term **Hades** to mean death. He is using the term **gate** to mean the power which death has over people. Once a gate is shut, people can no longer leave. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the imprisoning power of death will not overpower it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 1136 | 16:19 | ysk8 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you | δώσω σοι | 1 | Here, **you** is singular and refers to Peter. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) | |
| 1137 | 16:19 | pp5d | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | τὰς κλεῖδας τῆς Βασιλείας τῶν Οὐρανῶν; καὶ | 1 | Here Jesus is using the term **keys** to refer to someone having authority in God’s kingdom. There is some debate about how much authority Peter is given here. (1) Some interpret the second half of the verse as describing the authority that Peter is given. Alternate translation: “the keys of the kingdom, so that” (2) Some say that Peter is given authority to decide who can and can not live with God forever. Alternate translation: “authority to decide who can come to live with me forever, and” If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 1138 | 16:19 | k09j | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown | τὰς κλεῖδας | 1 | Here, **keys** are things used to unlock a door or gate so that people can enter or exit a place. And **keys** can also be used to make it so that a door cannot be opened, and people cannot go through it. Your language and culture may have a term for this that you can use in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) | |
| 1139 | 16:19 | kc3k | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | τῆς Βασιλείας τῶν Οὐρανῶν | 1 | See how you translated **the kingdom of the heavens** in [3:2](../03/02.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 1140 | 16:19 | ef9c | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | ὃ ἐὰν δήσῃς ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ἔσται δεδεμένον ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς; καὶ ὃ ἐὰν λύσῃς ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ἔσται λελυμένον ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς | 1 | Here, **bound** is a metaphor meaning to forbid something, and **loosed** is a metaphor meaning to allow something. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “whatever you forbid to happen on the earth will be forbidden in heaven, and whatever you allow on the earth will be allowed in the heavens” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 1141 | 16:19 | dy4p | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς | -1 | Jesus is using the phrase **in the heavens** to mean by God himself. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “by God who is in the heavens … by God who is in the heavens” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 1142 | 16:21 | yile | rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential | εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα ἀπελθεῖν, καὶ πολλὰ παθεῖν ἀπὸ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων, καὶ ἀρχιερέων, καὶ γραμματέων, καὶ ἀποκτανθῆναι καὶ τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ ἐγερθῆναι | 1 | Here, everything that Jesus says will happen to him: that he is **to go to Jerusalem**, **to suffer much from the elders and chief priests and scribes**, **to be killed**, **to be raised on the third day**, will happen as he said. Make sure this is clear in your language. Alternate translation: “to go to Jerusalem. Then, to suffer much from the elders and the chief priests and the scribes. Then to be killed, and afterwards, to be raised on the third day” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]]) | |
| 1143 | 16:21 | es1l | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | ἐγερθῆναι | 1 | Here, **to be raised** is an idiom that means that God made Jesus alive again after he died. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to be brought back to life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 1144 | 16:21 | r5hj | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ ἐγερθῆναι | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Matthew implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God will raise me on the third day” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 1145 | 16:21 | jjx5 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal | τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ | 1 | If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “on day three” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) | |
| 1146 | 16:22 | guz8 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | ἵλεώς σοι | 1 | **Merciful to you** is an idiom that means “May God be merciful to you.” If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “May God be merciful to you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 1147 | 16:23 | f28i | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | ὕπαγε ὀπίσω μου, Σατανᾶ! σκάνδαλον εἶ ἐμοῦ | 1 | Here, Jesus calls Peter **Satan**. This is because Peter is behaving as Satan behaved by trying to get Jesus not to obey God. He also calls him a **stumbling block**, which is a rock which someone might trip over. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “You are acting like Satan! Get out of my sight! You are like a stumbling block to me, trying to get me to disobey God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 1148 | 16:24 | t0zn | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun | εἴ τις θέλει | 1 | The word **anyone** represents people in general, not one particular person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “If a person wants” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) | |
| 1149 | 16:24 | ck1a | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | ὀπίσω μου ἐλθεῖν | 1 | Here, **to come after me** is an idiom that means to be Jesus’ disciple. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to be my disciple” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 1150 | 16:24 | pg9h | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | ἀράτω τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ | 1 | The **cross** here represents suffering and death. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “be willing to suffer and die for my sake” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 1151 | 16:25 | tp9k | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun | ὃς γὰρ ἐὰν θέλῃ | 1 | By using the word **whoever**, Jesus is speaking of people in general, not of one particular person. If it would be helpful in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “For any person who desires” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) | |
| 1152 | 16:25 | y9kc | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism | ἀπολέσει αὐτήν | 1 | Here, **lose** it is a polite way to say that God will judge the person who tries to save their own soul. If it would be helpful in your language, use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “will forfeit his life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) | |
| 1153 | 16:25 | xz98 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | εὑρήσει αὐτήν | 1 | Here, **find it** means to obtain life with God forever. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will live with God forever” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 1154 | 16:26 | eqe8 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion | τί γὰρ ὠφεληθήσεται ἄνθρωπος, ἐὰν τὸν κόσμον ὅλον κερδήσῃ, τὴν δὲ ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ζημιωθῇ? | 1 | Jesus is using the question form to challenge his disciples. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Even if a person gains the whole world, it will not profit him if he forfeits his soul” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) | |
| 1155 | 16:26 | g0xo | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations | ἄνθρωπος | 1 | Jesus is using the phrase a man here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “a person” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) | |
| 1156 | 16:26 | q7x1 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole | ἐὰν τὸν κόσμον ὅλον κερδήσῃ | 1 | The phrase the whole world is an exaggeration meaning that the person might gain great riches and fame. Alternate translation: “if he gains everything he desires” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) | |
| 1157 | 16:26 | eck5 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion | ἢ τί δώσει ἄνθρωπος ἀντάλλαγμα τῆς ψυχῆς αὐτοῦ? | 1 | Jesus asks this question to emphasize the value of the soul of each person. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “There is nothing a person can give in exchange for his life” or “No one can give anything in exchange for his life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) | |
| 1158 | 16:27 | iyu1 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person | μέλλει & ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου & αὐτοῦ & ἀποδώσει | 1 | Here Jesus refers to himself in the third person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of man, am about … my … I will repay” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) | |
| 1159 | 16:27 | vk5y | rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples | τοῦ Πατρὸς αὐτοῦ | 1 | **Father** is an important title that describes the relationship between Jesus and God. Be sure to retain this title in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) | |
| 1160 | 16:28 | k2d1 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you | ὑμῖν | 1 | Here, **you** is plural and refers to the disciples. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) | |
| 1161 | 16:28 | wq13 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | οὐ μὴ γεύσωνται θανάτου | 1 | The phrase **taste death** is an idiom which means to experience death. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning using plain language. Alternate translation: “will certainly not die” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 1162 | 16:28 | p1d4 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns | οἵτινες οὐ μὴ γεύσωνται θανάτου | 1 | If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of death, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun death by using the verb form. Alternate translation: “who may certainly not die” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) | |
| 1163 | 16:28 | b2pb | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | ἕως ἂν ἴδωσιν τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ἐρχόμενον ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ αὐτοῦ | 1 | Jesus is using the term **coming in his kingdom** to mean when Jesus will come to rule over his people forever. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “until they see the Son of Man coming to rule over his people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 1164 | 16:28 | etk2 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person | τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου | 1 | See how you translated **the Son of Man** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) | |
| 1165 | 17:intro | yb4k | 0 | # Matthew 17 General Notes\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Elijah\n\nThe Old Testament prophet Malachi lived many years before Jesus was born. Malachi had said that before the Messiah came a prophet named Elijah would return. Jesus explained that Malachi had been talking about John the Baptist. Jesus said this because John the Baptist had done what Malachi had said that Elijah would do. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])\n\n### “transfigured”\n\nScripture often speaks of God’s glory as a great, brilliant light. When people see this light, they are afraid. Matthew says in this chapter that Jesus’ body shone with this glorious light so that his followers could see that Jesus truly was God’s Son. At the same time, God told them that Jesus was his Son. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/glory]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/fear]]) | |||
| 1166 | 17:1 | u6dw | rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential | καὶ μεθ’ ἡμέρας ἓξ | 1 | The phrase translated **And six days later** indicates that this event happened after the previous event that the story described. Alternate translation: “And six days after these things happen” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]]) | |
| 1167 | 17:2 | kq4l | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | μετεμορφώθη | 1 | If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God changed how he looked” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 1168 | 17:2 | uxg3 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | ἔμπροσθεν αὐτῶν | 1 | Here, **before them** is an idiom that means in front of them. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in front of them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 1169 | 17:2 | i1mp | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile | ἔλαμψεν τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ ὡς ὁ ἥλιος, τὰ δὲ ἱμάτια αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο λευκὰ ὡς τὸ φῶς | 1 | The phrases **his face shone like the sun** and **his garments became brilliant as the light** are similes describing Jesus’ appearance when it changed. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “his face shone very brightly, and his garments were very bright” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) | |
| 1170 | 17:4 | r41c | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive | Κύριε, καλόν ἐστιν ἡμᾶς ὧδε εἶναι | 1 | By **us** Peter means himself and the other two disciples but not Jesus, so use the exclusive form of that word in your translation if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) | |
| 1171 | 17:4 | d231 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown | σκηνάς | 1 | Here, **shelters** are temporary places where people live. These are not full houses. Your language and culture may have a term for this that you can use in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) | |
| 1172 | 17:5 | an8j | ἐπεσκίασεν αὐτούς | 1 | Here, **overshadowed** could mean: (1) that the light from the cloud made them invisible to people not on the mountain. Alternate translation: “blocked people's view of them” (2) the cloud descended so that they themselves were inside the cloud. Alternate translation: “enveloped them” | ||
| 1173 | 17:5 | kc8t | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | φωνὴ ἐκ τῆς νεφέλης | 1 | Matthew is using the term **voice** to mean sounds from God himself. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God spoke from the cloud” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 1174 | 17:6 | wd76 | καὶ ἀκούσαντες, οἱ μαθηταὶ | 1 | Alternate translation: “And when the disciples heard God speak, they” | ||
| 1175 | 17:6 | a87e | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | ἔπεσαν ἐπὶ πρόσωπον αὐτῶν | 1 | Here, **fell on their face** is an idiom that means that the three disciples fell down with their faces to the ground. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “fell down with their faces to the ground” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 1176 | 17:7 | iw4l | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations | ἁψάμενος αὐτῶν εἶπεν, ἐγέρθητε καὶ μὴ φοβεῖσθε | 1 | It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “having touched them, he told them to get up and to not be afraid” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) | |
| 1177 | 17:8 | i9gt | rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions | οὐδένα εἶδον εἰ μὴ αὐτὸν Ἰησοῦν μόνον | 1 | If it would in appear your language that Matthew was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “they only saw Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]]) | |
| 1178 | 17:12 | a4h7 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns | ἐποίησαν & αὐτῶν | 1 | The pronouns **they** and **them** refer to the religious leaders. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “the religious leaders did … the religious leaders” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) | |
| 1179 | 17:12 | i74i | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person | ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου | 1 | See how you translated **Son of Man** in [17:9](../17/09.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) | |
| 1180 | 17:13 | cskj | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background | τότε συνῆκαν οἱ μαθηταὶ ὅτι περὶ Ἰωάννου τοῦ Βαπτιστοῦ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς | 1 | Matthew provides this background information to show how the disciples reacted to what Jesus has just said. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) | |
| 1181 | 17:15 | ufb4 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | ἐλέησόν μου τὸν υἱόν | 1 | See how you translated **have mercy** in [15:22](../15/22.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 1182 | 17:15 | hs55 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown | σεληνιάζεται | 1 | Here, **epileptic** is a condition where someone's body moves without their ability to control it. Your language and culture may have a term for this which you can use in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) | |
| 1183 | 17:17 | lyu5 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj | ἄπιστος | 1 | Jesus is using the adjective **unbelieving** as a noun to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “unbelieving people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) | |
| 1184 | 17:17 | su3r | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion | ἕως πότε μεθ’ ὑμῶν ἔσομαι? ἕως πότε ἀνέξομαι ὑμῶν? | 1 | Jesus is using the question form to challenge his disciples. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate these questions as statements or exclamations, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) | |
| 1185 | 17:18 | i8kd | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | ἐθεραπεύθη ὁ παῖς | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Matthew implies that “Jesus” did it. Alternate translation: “Jesus caused the boy to be healed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 1186 | 17:18 | h2gc | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | ἀπὸ τῆς ὥρας ἐκείνης | 1 | Here, **from that hour** is an idiom that means the boy was healed instantly. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “instantly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 1187 | 17:19 | pz9f | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive | ἡμεῖς | 1 | By **we**, the speaker means himself and the rest of the disciples but not Jesus, so use the exclusive form of that word in your translation if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) | |
| 1188 | 17:19 | sz7d | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns | αὐτό | 1 | The pronoun **it** refers to the demon which Jesus cast out of the boy. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “the demon” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) | |
| 1189 | 17:20 | uy78 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile | ἐὰν ἔχητε πίστιν ὡς κόκκον σινάπεως | 1 | Here, Jesus is comparing the size of a **mustard seed** with the amount of **faith** necessary to move a mountain. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “if you have even very small faith, like a small seed” or “if you have even a very small amount of faith” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) | |
| 1190 | 17:20 | x48i | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives | οὐδὲν ἀδυνατήσει ὑμῖν | 1 | If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a positive expression to translate this double negative that consists of the negative pronoun **nothing** and the negative word **impossible**. Alternate translation: “everything will be possible for you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) | |
| 1191 | 17:22 | r2cu | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent | δὲ | 1 | # Connecting Statement:\n\nJesus is using the word translated **Now** to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) | |
| 1192 | 17:22 | jzq8 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person | μέλλει ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου | 1 | Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the first person form. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man, am about” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) | |
| 1193 | 17:22 | ff8x | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | μέλλει ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοσθαι | 1 | If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Someone is about to hand the Son of Man over” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 1194 | 17:22 | mmk2 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | μέλλει ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοσθαι εἰς χεῖρας ἀνθρώπων | 1 | The word **hands** here is a metonym expressing possession and control. People will hand Jesus over into other people’s possession so that those men will have control over him. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “The Son of Man is about to be handed over into the control of men” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 1195 | 17:23 | hl6j | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person | αὐτόν & ἐγερθήσεται | 1 | Jesus is continuing to speak about himself in the third person. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the first person form. Alternate translation: “me … I will be raised up” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) | |
| 1196 | 17:23 | b6g3 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal | τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ | 1 | If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “three days afterwards” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) | |
| 1197 | 17:23 | fni4 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | ἐγερθήσεται | 1 | Here, **he will be raised up** is an idiom that means God will bring Jesus back from being dead. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have that meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he will be brought back from the dead” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 1198 | 17:23 | fjac | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | ἐγερθήσεται | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Matthew implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God will raise him up” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 1199 | 17:24 | jli6 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent | δὲ | 1 | # Connecting Statement:\n\nJesus is using the word translated **Now** to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) | |
| 1200 | 17:24 | b953 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | τὰ δίδραχμα | 1 | Here, **the two-drachma tax** is a tax that people paid to help support the temple in Jerusalem. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the two-drachma tax in order to support the temple” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 1201 | 17:24 | cths | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney | τὰ δίδραχμα | 1 | A **drachma** was a coin equivalent to one day’s wage. You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead, you might state something more general or give the equivalent in wages. Alternate translation: “two days' wages” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]]) | |
| 1202 | 17:25 | yp5h | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | ἀπὸ τῶν υἱῶν αὐτῶν | 1 | Jesus is using the term **sons** to mean citizens who live within a king’s kingdom. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “From their citizens” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 1203 | 17:26 | u6xx | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship | οἱ υἱοί | 1 | See how you translated **sons** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]]) | |
| 1204 | 17:27 | uhk5 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | βάλε ἄγκιστρον | 1 | Fishermen tied **a fishhook**, a sharp curved object used to catch fish, to the end of a fishing line. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that in a way that people catch fish in your culture. Alternate translation: “go fishing” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 1205 | 17:27 | t9t8 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney | στατῆρα | 1 | A **shekel** was a silver coin equivalent to four days’ wages. You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead, you might state something more general or give the equivalent in wages. Alternate translation: “a coin worth four days’ wages” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]]) | |
| 1206 | 17:27 | km3v | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you | ἀντὶ ἐμοῦ καὶ σοῦ | 1 | Here, **you** is singular and refers to Peter. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) | |
| 1207 | 18:intro | m4y6 | 0 | # Matthew 18 General Notes\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### What should Jesus’ followers do when other followers sin against them?\n\nJesus taught that his followers must treat each other well and not be angry with each other. They should forgive anyone who is sorry for his sin, even if he has committed the same sin before. If he is not sorry for his sin, Jesus’ followers should speak with him alone or in a small group. If he is still not sorry after that, then Jesus’ followers can treat him as though he had been judged to be guilty. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) | |||
| 1208 | 18:1 | f7zv | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ὥρᾳ | 1 | Here, **At that hour** is an idiom that means immediately. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Right then” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 1209 | 18:1 | pp31 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | ἐν τῇ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν | 1 | See how you translated **the kingdom of the heavens** in [3:2](../03/02.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 1210 | 18:3 | fs1e | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives | ἐὰν μὴ στραφῆτε καὶ γένησθε ὡς τὰ παιδία, οὐ μὴ εἰσέλθητε | 1 | If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a positive expression to translate this double negative. Alternate translation: “if you turn and become like children, you will certainly enter” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) | |
| 1211 | 18:3 | h9w4 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical | ἐὰν μὴ στραφῆτε καὶ γένησθε ὡς τὰ παιδία, οὐ μὴ εἰσέλθητε εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τῶν Οὐρανῶν | 1 | Jesus is suggesting that this is a hypothetical condition, that the disciples will only enter the kingdom of God if they become like children. Alternate translation: “suppose that you do not turn and become like little children. Then you will never enter the kingdom of the heavens” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]]) | |
| 1212 | 18:3 | ewj5 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile | γένησθε ὡς τὰ παιδία | 1 | Here, Jesus is comparing the disciples with children. He is saying that unless they become like the child who does not care about being the greatest but obeys Jesus, they will not enter the kingdom of the heavens. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “unless you become humble” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) | |
| 1213 | 18:3 | ch9p | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | τὴν Βασιλείαν τῶν Οὐρανῶν | 1 | See how you translated **the kingdom of the heavens** in [3:2](../03/02.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 1214 | 18:4 | ta7z | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile | ὅστις οὖν ταπεινώσει ἑαυτὸν ὡς τὸ παιδίον τοῦτο | 1 | # Connecting Statement:\n\nHere, Jesus continues to compare the disciples with a **little child**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “So, he who becomes humble in the same way as this little child is humble” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) | |
| 1215 | 18:4 | rw2n | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun | ὅστις | 1 | The word **whoever** represents people in general, not one particular person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “if a person” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) | |
| 1216 | 18:4 | gf8l | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | ἐν τῇ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν | 1 | See how you translated **the kingdom of the heavens** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 1217 | 18:5 | v4a2 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun | ὃς ἐὰν | 1 | The word **whoever** represents people in general, not one particular person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “any person who” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) | |
| 1218 | 18:5 | i9ju | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | δέξηται ἓν παιδίον τοιοῦτο | 1 | Here, the phrase **little child** is referring to the people who act like a little child, and not to an actual child. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “receives one of those acting like a little child” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 1219 | 18:5 | dz1i | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου | 1 | Jesus is using the phrase **in my name** to mean “because he is my disciple.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “because he is my disciple” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 1220 | 18:6 | ghp3 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | ἵνα κρεμασθῇ μύλος ὀνικὸς περὶ τὸν τράχηλον αὐτοῦ, καὶ καταποντισθῇ ἐν τῷ πελάγει τῆς θαλάσσης | 1 | If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that a person might put a millstone around his neck and he might sink into the depths of the sea” (See: [[rc: |
| The file is too large to be shown. View Raw |